Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 28, 202027, 2021

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 001-36711

BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

90-0776290
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

15345 Barranca Pkwy

Irvine, CA 92618

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 453-4400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value

BOOT

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes  No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  No 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the end of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $838.7$593.2 million. Shares held by each officer, director and person owning more than 10% of the outstanding voting and non-voting stock have been excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates of the registrant. This determination of potential affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. Shares held include shares of which certain of such persons disclaim beneficial ownership.

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.0001 par value, as of May 19, 202010, 2021 was 28,809,62029,251,626.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 20202021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the 20202021 fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    

    

Page

 

PART I

Item 1.

Business

32

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

1514

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

3637

Item 2.

Properties

3637

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

3738

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

3738

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

3839

Item 6.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

3940

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

43

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

58

Item 8.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

59

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

92

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

92

Item 9B.

Other Information

9694

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

9795

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

9795

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

9795

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

9795

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

9795

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

9795

Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical or current fact included in this annual report are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements refer to our current expectations and projections relating to, by way of example and without limitation, our financial condition, liquidity, profitability, results of operations, margins, plans, objectives, strategies, future performance, business and industry. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “project”, “plan”, “intend”, “believe”, “may”, “might”, “will”, “could”, “should”, “can have”, “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events, but not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, revenues, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward-looking statements. We believe the risks attending any forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and include, among other things:

risks related to the COVID-19 global pandemic;
risks related to levels of consumer spending and economic conditions;
risks related to our ability to maintain and enhance a strong brand image and compete effectively;
risks related to conditions in the foreign countries in which our products are manufactured and other risks of international trade;
risks related to our growth, including opening new stores in new and existing geographic markets;
risks related to our distribution model;
risks related to our dependence on third-party suppliers;
risks related to our indebtedness;
risks related to our exclusive product offerings;
risks related to retention of our key executive management and other talent required for our business, as well as costs related to wage and benefits;
risks related to our management information systems;
risks relating to our e-commerce business;
risks relating to the seasonality of our business;
risks relating to celebrity endorsements of our products;
litigation costs and the outcomes of litigation; and
risks related to intellectual property.

1

Table of Contents

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our current operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. For these reasons, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

See “Risk Factors” for a more complete discussion of the risks and uncertainties mentioned above and for a discussion of other risks and uncertainties. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In addition, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may also exacerbate other risks discussed herein, any of which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on us. This situation is changing rapidly and additional impacts may arise that we are not aware of currently. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as others made in this annual report and in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made by us in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the risks and uncertainties identified by us may not be all of the factors that are important to you. Furthermore, the forward-looking statements included in this annual report are made only as of the date hereof. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments that we may make. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

Fiscal Year

We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes thirteen weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include thirteen weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes fourteen weeks of operations. The data presented contains references to fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018, which represent our fiscal years ended March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, respectively. Fiscal 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 were each 52-week periods.

21

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Our Company

We are the largest lifestyle retail chain devoted to western and work-related footwear, apparel and accessories in the United States. With 259273 stores in 3536 states as of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, we have more than three times as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, and believe we have the potential to grow our domestic store base to 500 stores. Our stores, which are typically freestanding or located in strip centers, average 10,500 selling square feet and feature a comprehensive assortment of brands and styles, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. We target a broad and growing demographic, ranging from passionate western and country enthusiasts to workers seeking dependable, high-quality footwear and apparel. We strive to offer an authentic, one-stop shopping experience that fulfills the everyday lifestyle needs of our customers and, as a result, many of our customers make purchases in both the western and work wear sections of our stores. Our store environment, product offering and marketing materials represent the aesthetics of the true American West, country music and rugged, outdoor work. These threads are woven together in our motto, “Be True”, which communicates the genuine and enduring spirit of the Boot Barn brand.

Our product offering is anchored by an extensive selection of western and work boots and is complemented by a wide assortment of coordinating apparel and accessories. Many of the items that we offer are basics or necessities for our customers’ daily lives and typically represent enduring styles that are not meaningfully impacted by changing fashion trends. Accordingly, approximately 70%75% of our store inventory is kept in stock through automated replenishment programs. Our boot selection, which comprises approximately one-third of each store’s selling square footage space, is merchandised on self-service fixtures with western boots arranged by size and work boots arranged by style and function. This allows us to display the full breadth of our inventory and deliver a convenient shopping experience. We also carry market-leading assortments of denim, western shirts, cowboy hats, belts and belt buckles, western-style jewelry and accessories. Our western assortment includes many of the industry’s most sought-after brands, such as Ariat, Cinch, Cody James, Corral, Dan Post, Durango, El Dorado, Idyllwind, Justin, Laredo, Lucchese, Miss Me, Montana Silversmiths, Moonshine Spirit, Shyanne, Stetson, Tony Lama, Twisted X, Resistol and Wrangler.Our work assortment includes rugged footwear, outerwear, overalls, denim and shirts for the most physically demanding jobs where durability, performance and protection matter, including safety-toe boots and flame-resistant and high-visibility clothing. Among the top work brands sold in our stores are Carhartt, Cody James Work, Dickies, Georgia Boot, Hawx,Thorogood, Timberland Pro and Wolverine. Our merchandise is also available on our e-commerce websites.

Boot Barn was founded in 1978 and, over the past 4243 years, has grown both organically and through successful strategic acquisitions of competing chains. We have rebranded and remerchandised the acquired chains under the Boot Barn banner. We believe that our business model and scale provide us with competitive advantages that have contributed to our consistent and strong financial performance, generating sufficient cash flow to support national growth.

Recent Developments

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was reported in Wuhan, China. Since first being reported, COVID-19 has spread to numerous countries around the world, including the U.S., resulting in the World Health Organization declaring the outbreak a global pandemic on March 11, 2020. As COVID-19 has continued to spread, public and private sector policies and initiatives intended to reduce the transmission of COVID-19, such as the imposition of travel restrictions, mandates from federal, state and local authorities to avoid large gatherings of people, quarantine or “shelter-in-place”, and the promotion of social distancing have significantly impacted the country. COVID-19 has had and will continue to have a significant impact on economic conditions and consumer confidence. There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the U.S. economy and consumer confidence. These and other effects make it more challenging for us to estimate the future performance of our business, particularly over the near-to-medium term.

3

Table of Contents

The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and difficult to predict, including, among others, the duration of the outbreak, new information that may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions, especially those taken by governmental authorities, to contain the pandemic or treat its impact. As events are rapidly changing, additional impacts may arise that we are not aware of currently. For more information about the risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could affect our future results, please see Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

As a result of COVID-19, traffic at our retail stores significantly declined beginning in the last three weeks of fiscal 2020 as many state and local governments began implementing stay-at-home directives to help prevent the spread of COVID-19. As a result of the current environment, we have taken the following measures to preserve liquidity and reduce expenses, while maintaining flexibility to resume full operations once we re-emerge from this global pandemic. Some of these measures include:

Pay cuts for the management team and board of directors;
Furloughs of approximately 40% of the employees at our store support center, distribution centers and stores;
Closure of stores as mandated by state and local governments. In order to support essential workers with necessary workwear during this health crisis, 242 of our 260 stores as of May 19, 2020 remain open, with reduced store labor and hours of operations;
Significant reduction in capital expenditures, including delaying the opening of many new stores;
Deferral or cancellation of merchandise receipts; and
Engaging in open dialogue with our vendors and landlords to provide cash flow relief with regards to payments.

Recent Acquisitions

G.&L. Clothing, Inc.

On August 26, 2019, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of G.&L. Clothing, Inc. (“G.&L. Clothing”), an individually-owned retailer operating one store in Des Moines, Iowa. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the store’s landlord and offered employment to the G.&L. Clothing team. The primary reason for the acquisition of G.&L. Clothing was to further expand the Company’s retail operations in Iowa. The cash consideration paid for the acquisition was $3.7 million.

Drysdales, Inc.

On July 3, 2018, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of assets from Drysdales, Inc. (“Drysdales”), a retailer with two stores in Tulsa, Oklahoma. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered

2

Table of Contents

into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Drysdales team at both store locations and assumed certain customer credits. The primary reason for the acquisition of Drysdales was to further expand the Company’s retail operations in Oklahoma. The cash consideration paid was $3.8 million.

Lone Star Western & Casual LLC

On April 24, 2018, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of Lone Star Western & Casual LLC (“Lone Star”), an individually owned retail company with three stores in Waxahachie, Corsicana and Athens, Texas. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord and offered employment to the Lone Star team at all three store locations. The primary reason for the acquisition of Lone Star was to further expand the Company’s retail operations in Texas. The cash consideration paid for the acquisition was $4.4 million.

4

Table of Contents

Woods Boots Asset Acquisition

On September 11, 2017, we acquired assets from Wood’s Boots, a four-store family-owned retailer with stores in Midland and Odessa, Texas. As part of the transaction, we purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Wood’s Boots team at all four store locations and assumed certain customer credits. Based on the fair value analysis of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the inventory was valued at $2.8 million, and the customer credits were valued at less than $0.1 million.

Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition

On February 16, 2017, we acquired all rights and interest in the www.countryoutfitter.com website and tradename, along with the associated social media platforms. We additionally purchased a customer email list and assumed Country Outfitter’s merchandise credits. The Country Outfitter e-commerce website sells primarily country and western fashion merchandise. The Country Outfitter assets were purchased for $1.8 million of cash and assumed liabilities. The Company operates www.countryoutfitter.com as a website separate from its other e-commerce sites.

Sheplers Acquisition

On June 29, 2015, we acquired Sheplers, Inc. and Sheplers Holding Corporation (collectively with Sheplers, Inc. “Sheplers”), a western lifestyle company with 25 retail locations across the United States and an e-commerce business. We refer to the acquisition as the “Sheplers Acquisition”. We financed the Sheplers Acquisition with borrowings under a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility for which Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is agent (the “June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver”), and a syndicated senior secured term loan for which GCI Capital Markets LLC is agent (the “2015 Golub Term Loan”). Through the Sheplers Acquisition, we added eight new markets, expanded both our Texas (Dallas and San Antonio) and Denver markets, and greatly increased our omni-channel capabilities as Sheplers had a leading e-commerce platform (“Sheplers e-commerce”). We rebranded 19 of the 25 retail stores acquired through the Sheplers Acquisition, and closed the remaining six stores during fiscal 2016.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide a solid foundation for future growth:

Powerful lifestyle brand. The Boot Barn brand is built on western lifestyle values that are core to American culture. Our deep understanding of this lifestyle enables us to create long-lasting relationships with our customers who embody these ideals. Our brand is highly visible through our sponsorship of local and national rodeos, stock shows, concerts and country music artists. We sell our products through pop-up shops at several of the largest events that we sponsor. We believe these grassroots marketing efforts make our brand synonymous with the western lifestyle, validate our brand’s authenticity and establish Boot Barn as the trusted specialty retailer for all of our customers’ everyday needs.

3

Table of Contents

Strong e-commerce positioning. We offer a compelling shopping experience to our customers, including 259273 brick-and-mortar stores combined with our e-commerce websites consisting primarily of bootbarn.com, sheplers.com and countryoutfitter.com. Bootbarn.com offersand sheplers.com offer a compelling every-day low price shopping experience catered towards a lifestyle customer with western roots and a strong work influence. Sheplers.com offers a broad value proposition assortment targeted to a more promotional customer. Countryoutfitter.com has a curated assortment appealing to a more fashion-based country lifestyle customer. Each of our e-commerce sites has distinct brand positioning and provides a differentiated shopping experience to our customers.

Fast growing specialty retailer of western and work wear in the U.S. Our broad geographic footprint, which currently spans 3536 states, provides us with significant economies of scale, enhanced supplier relationships, the ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates and the ability to reinvest in our business at levels that we believe exceed those of our competition.

5

Table of Contents

Loyal customer base. Our customers come to us for many aspects of their everyday footwear and clothing needs because of the breadth and availability of our product offering. Our customer loyalty program, B Rewarded, enhances our connection and relationship with our customers. Our loyalty program has grown rapidly since its inception in fiscal 2011 and as of March 28, 202027, 2021 includes approximately 4.34.7 million members who have purchased merchandise from us in the last three fiscal years. The majority of our sales are made to these customers. We leverage this database, which provides useful information about our customers, to enhance our marketing activities across our stores and e-commerce websites, refine our merchandising and planning efforts and assist in our selection of sites for new stores.

Differentiated shopping experience. We deliver a one-stop shopping experience that engages our customers and, we believe, fulfills their lifestyle needs. Our stores are designed to create an inviting and engaging experience and include prominent storefront signage, a simple and easy-to-shop layout and a large and conveniently arranged self-service selection of boots. We offer significant inventory breadth and depth across a range of boots, apparel and accessories. Additionally, all of our stores are equipped with touch screen devices that allow our customers to access millions of additional boots, apparel and other items from our e-commerce warehouse inventory as well as the inventory at most of our larger third-party vendors.vendors, purchase these items in store, and, in most cases, receive free shipping. We also have touch screen devices that allow customers to browse our in-store assortment and select an item that meets their functional requirements and preferences. In fiscal 2021, we continued to enhance customer service with our omni-channel initiatives, including buy online pick up in-store, buy online pick up curbside, buy online return in store, buy online ship from store, and same day delivery. We believe that our strong, long-lasting supplier relationships enhance our ability to provide a compelling merchandise assortment with a strong in-stock position both in-store and online. Our knowledgeable store associates are passionate about our merchandise and deliver a high level of service to our customers. These elements help promote customer loyalty and drive repeat visits.

Compelling merchandise assortment and strategy. We believe we offer a diverse merchandise assortment that features the most sought-after western and work wear brands, well-regarded niche brands and exclusive private brands across a range of merchandise categories including boots, apparel and accessories. We have a core assortment of styles that serves as a foundation for our merchandising strategy and we augment and tailor that assortment by region to cater to local preferences.

Portfolio of exclusive private brands. We have leveraged our scale, merchandising experience and customer knowledge to launch a portfolio of private brands exclusive to us, includingwhich primarily include Shyanne, Cody James, Moonshine Spirit, Idyllwind, Hawx, Cody James Work, American Worker,and El Dorado and BB Ranch. Our private brands are currently available in stores, on bootbarn.com, sheplers.com and countryoutfitter.com and offer high-quality western and work boots as well as apparel and accessories for men, ladies and kids. Each of our private brands, which address product and price segments that we believe are underserved by third-party brands, offers exclusive products to our customers and has historically achieved better merchandise margins than the third-party brands that we carry. Customer receptivity and demand for our private brands have been strong, demonstrated by the increasing penetration of private brands and sales momentum across our store base and e-commerce websites.

Versatile store model with compelling unit economics. We have successfully opened and currently operate stores that generate strong cash flow, consistent store-level financial results and an attractive return on investment across a variety of geographies, markets, store sizes and location types. We operate stores in markets characterized as

4

Table of Contents

agribusiness centers and ranch regions, and in other various geographies throughout the United States. Our stores are also successful in small, rural towns, suburban and major metropolitan areas.

Our new store model requires an average net cash investment of approximately $0.8 million and targets an average payback period of three years. Our lean operating structure, coupled with our strong supplier relationships, has allowed us to grow with minimal supply chain investments as most of our products ship directly from our suppliers to our stores. We believe that our proven retail model and attractive unit economics support our ability to grow our store footprint in both new and existing markets across the U.S.

Highly experienced management team and passionate organization. Our senior management team has extensive experience across all key retail disciplines and has been instrumental in developing a robust and scalable infrastructure to support our growth. In addition to playing an important role in developing our long-term growth initiatives, our senior management team embraces the genuine and enduring qualities of the western and work lifestyle and has created a positive culture of enthusiasm and entrepreneurial spirit which is shared by team members throughout our entire organization.

6

Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

We are pursuing several strategies to continue our profitable growth, including:

Continuing omni-channel leadership. Our growing national footprint, social media following and broader marketing efforts drive traffic to our stores and e-commerce websites. We operate our e-commerce websites as an alternative to shopping in the stores, which allows us to reach customers outside our geographic footprint. We continue to make investments in both online and in-store advertising, aimed at increasing traffic to our e-commerce websites, which reached more than 69 million total visits in fiscal 2021 compared to more than 63 million total visits in fiscal 2020, compared to more than 62 million total visits in fiscal 2019, and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers who visit our websites, while improving the shopping experience for our customers. Additionally, all of our stores are equipped with touch screen devices that allow our customers to access millions of additional boots, apparel and other items from our e-commerce warehouse inventory as well as the inventory at most of our larger third-party vendors, purchase these items in store, and, in most cases, receive free shipping. We also have touch screen devices that allow customers to browse our in-store assortment and select an item that meets their functional requirements and preferences. In fiscal 2021, we continued to enhance customer service with our omni-channel initiatives, including buy online pick up in-store, buy online pick up curbside, buy online return in store, buy online ship from store, and same day delivery. We have also made investments in our e-commerce infrastructure, including adding automation to our warehouses to support expanding e-commerce growth. Our e-commerce sales as a portion of total consolidated net sales were 15.9%18.6% and 16.9%15.9% in fiscal 20202021 and fiscal 2019,2020, respectively.

Driving same store sales growth. We believe that we can continue to grow our same store sales by increasing our brand awareness, driving additional traffic to our stores and e-commerce websites and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers while visiting both our stores and e-commerce channels. Our management team has several initiatives in place to accelerate growth, enhance our store associates’ selling skills, drive store-level productivity and increase customer engagement through our loyalty program.

Building our private brand portfolio. We believe we can achieve gross margin enhancement by increasing the penetration of our private brand sales. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, our private brands primarily include Shyanne, Cody James, Moonshine Spirit, Idyllwind, Hawx, Cody James Work, American Worker,and El Dorado and BB Ranch, and are sold in our stores and on our e-commerce websites. Each of our private brands, which address product and price segments that we believe are underserved by third-party brands, offers high quality exclusive products to our customers and has historically achieved better merchandise margins than the third-party brands that we carry.

Expanding our store base. Driven by our compelling store economics, we believe that there is a significant opportunity to expand our store base in the U.S. During fiscal 2020,2021, we opened 1915 new stores and acquired one G.&L. Clothing store.with no acquisitions. We typically rebrand acquired stores within twelve months from the date of acquisition. Based on an extensive analysis, we believe that we have the potential to grow our domestic store base of 259273 stores as of March 28, 202027, 2021 to approximately

5

Table of Contents

500 stores over time. Over the long-term we plan to target store openings in new and existing markets and in adjacent and underserved markets that we believe will be receptive to our concept. Over the past several years, we have made investments in personnel, information technology, warehouse infrastructure and e-commerce platforms to support the expansion of our operations.

Leveraging our economies of scale. We believe that we have a variety of opportunities to increase the profitability of our business over time. Our ability to leverage our infrastructure and drive store-level productivity due to economies of scale is expected to be a primary driver of our improvement in profitability. We intend to continually refine our merchandise mix and increase the penetration of our private brands to help differentiate us from our competitors and achieve higher merchandise margins. We also expect to capitalize on additional economies of scale in purchasing and sourcing as we grow our geographic footprint and online presence.

Enhancing brand awareness. We intend to enhance our brand awareness and customer loyalty in a number of ways, such as continuing to grow our store base and our online and social media initiatives. We use broadcast media such as radio, television and outdoor advertisements to reach customers in new and existing markets. We also maintain our strong market position through our grassroots marketing efforts, including sponsorship of rodeos, stock shows and other western industry events, as well as our association with country music, including partnerships with Miranda

7

Table of Contents

Lambert and Brad Paisley and up-and-coming country musicians. We have an effective social media strategy with high customer engagement, as evidenced by our strong following on Facebook and Instagram.

Our Market Opportunity

We participate in the large, growing and highly fragmented western and work wear markets of the broader apparel and footwear industry. We offer a variety of boots, apparel and accessories that are basics or necessities for our customers’ daily lives. Many of our customers are employed in the agriculture, oil and gas, manufacturing and construction industries, and are often country and western enthusiasts. We believe that growth in the western wear market has been and will continue to be driven by the growth of western events, such as rodeos, the popularity of country music and the continued strength and endurance of the western lifestyle. As COVID-19 has continued to spread,a result of the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic, public and private sector policies and initiatives intended to reduce the transmission of COVID-19, such as the imposition of travel restrictions, mandates from federal, state and local authorities to avoid large gatherings of people, quarantine or “shelter-in-place”, and the promotion of social distancing have significantly impacted events around the country. As a result of these initiatives, many large public events including rodeos, concerts and country music festivals have beenwere cancelled or otherwise postponed. We believe theseadditional cancellations and postponements will negatively impact near-term growth in the western wear market. We believe that growth in the work wear market has been and will continue to be driven by increasing activity in construction and manufacturing. Additionally, government regulations for workplace safety have driven and, we believe, will continue to drive, sales in specific categories, such as safety-toe boots and flame-resistant and high-visibility clothing for various industrial and outdoor occupations. The COVID-19 global pandemic has resulted in an economic slowdown impacting many industries and both public and private sector jobs. As a result of this pressure, the global demand for oil has beenwas significantly impacted thus drivingand drove the price of oil down in recent months.down. We believe the declining price of oil willthese factors could negatively impact near-term growth in the work wear market.

Our Sales Channels

During fiscal 2020,2021, we continued to enhance our omni-channel capabilities. Our current omni-channel presence consists of both brick-and-mortar stores as well as an e-commerce platform, consisting primarily of bootbarn.com, sheplers.com and countryoutfitter.com.

Our stores

As a lifestyle retail concept, our stores offer a broad array of merchandise to outfit an entire family, while working during the week, relaxing on the weekend, or dressing up for an evening out. Our stores are easy to navigate with clear sight lines to all major product categories. Our preferred store layout has ladies’ and children’s apparel on the rightone side of the store and men’s western and men’s work apparel on the leftother side. Our basic denim is usually merchandised on shelving placed on the exterior walls, while our premium-priced, more stylized denim and clothing are prominently

6

Table of Contents

displayed on floor fixtures and mannequins. We utilize the space in the front of the store for accessories such as hats, belts, jewelry, handbags, home merchandise, gifts and various impulse purchase items.

Boots, our signature category, anchor the rear of the store with an expansive assortment displayed on fixtures up to six shelves in height. We offer virtually all of our boots in pairs out on the sales floor. To reflect the typical purchasing decision process of each of our customer segments, we arrange all western boots by size and all work boots by function and brand. While our knowledgeable and friendly store associates are readily available to assist our customers, the store design facilitates a self-service shopping experience.

Our stores are generally located in or near high visibility, power and large neighborhood shopping centers with trade areas of five or more miles. Our stores average 10,500 selling square feet and feature a comprehensive assortment of brands and styles, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. Our stores are designed and managed to drive profitability and, we believe, create a compelling customer shopping experience.

During fiscal 2020,2021, we opened 19 stores and acquired one G.&L. Clothing store.15 new stores. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, our retail footprint included 259273 stores in 3536 states across the U.S. Two of our stores are operated under the “American

8

Table of Contents

Worker” name. Our American Worker stores primarily feature work-related footwear, apparel and accessories. We do not currently intend to open additional American Worker stores.

7

Table of Contents

The following table shows the number of stores in each of the 3536 states in which we operated as of March 28, 2020. Due to state and local governments implementing stay-at-home directives to help prevent the spread of COVID-19, 36 of our 259 stores in operation were temporarily closed as of March 28, 2020, and 18 stores remain closed as of May 19, 2020:27, 2021.

    

Number of

 

State

stores

 

Alabama

2

Arkansas

1

Arizona

 

14

California

 

5053

Colorado

 

13

Florida

 

8

Georgia

 

23

Idaho

 

3

Illinois

 

1

Indiana

 

4

Iowa

 

6

Kansas

4

Kentucky

 

3

Louisiana

 

6

Minnesota

 

3

Mississippi

1

Missouri

 

2

Montana

 

4

Nebraska

2

Nevada

 

11

New Mexico

 

7

North Carolina

 

56

North Dakota

 

6

Ohio

12

Oklahoma

8

Oregon

 

4

Pennsylvania

14

South Carolina

 

3

South Dakota

 

2

Tennessee

 

910

Texas

 

5758

Utah

 

2

Virginia

23

Washington

34

Wisconsin

 

1

Wyoming

 

9

Total

 

259273

E-commerce

Our e-commerce websites are a natural extensionan integral part of our brand and in-store experience, allowingallow us to further build awareness in our current markets and reach customers not served by our current geographic footprint. During fiscal 2020,2021, we had more than 6369 million total visits to our websites and we sold merchandise to customers in all 50 states. Approximately 3.5%3.3% of our total e-commerce revenue for fiscal 20202021 was generated from customers outside of the United States. Such foreign-source revenue constituted approximately 0.6% of our overall net sales in fiscal 2020.2021.

9

Table of Contents

Our growing national footprint and broader marketing efforts drive traffic to our bootbarn.com website, which in turn also drives traffic to our stores. We believe that many customers, especially those shopping for boots, browse online at bootbarn.com and then visit our stores to make their purchases to ensure a proper fit. As a multi-channel

8

Table of Contents

retailer, we are implementing technology initiatives that integrate in-store and e-commerce platforms into one seamless customer experience. As an example, we have implemented in-store touch screen devices to expand the product offering available to our in-store customers, including additional styles, colors and sizes not carried in the store. In fiscal 2020,2021, we continued to enhance customer service with our omni-channel initiatives, including buy online pick up in-store, function.buy online pick up curbside, buy online return in store, buy online ship from store, and same day delivery.

The bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.comOur e-commerce businesses are every-day low price models, while sheplers.com is more promotional and offers a greater assortment of products at discounted prices.models. For all of our e-commerce brands, we communicate information on current promotions and upcoming events on our e-commerce websites, which helps drive purchases online and traffic to our stores. We continue to improve follow-up email communication related to order confirmations, as well as offer boot care and other accessories associated with boot purchases.

Store expansion opportunities and site selection

We have substantial experience in opening stores in new and existing geographic markets. During the last three fiscal years, we have successfully added, on a net basis, 4047 new stores through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions. We evaluate potential new locations in light of a variety of criteria, including local demographics and population, the area’s industrial base, the existing competitive landscape, occupancy costs, store visibility, traffic, environmental considerations, co-tenancy and accessibility. We also consider a region’s total store potential to help ensure efficiencies in store management and media spending. Most of our stores are in high-traffic and highly visible locations and many have freeway signage. Stores located in metropolitan areas are typically established in high-density neighborhoods, and stores located in rural areas are typically established near highways or major thoroughfares.

Based on an extensive internal analysis of our current customer base, store performance drivers and competitor penetration, we believe that the U.S. market supports the ability to doublegrow our current domestic store base.base to approximately 500 stores. We utilized multiple methods for measuring market size, including a review of demographic and psychographic factors on a state-by-state basis. We supplemented that data by analyzing our share of the geographic markets in which we currently operate and extrapolating that share to new geographic markets. Based on our market analysis, we have created a regional and state-by-state development plan to strategically extend our store portfolio. Careful consideration was given to operational constraints and merchandising differences in new and existing markets, while balancing the relevant risks associated with opening stores in those markets.

Over the past several years, we have invested in construction and real estate resources, information technology and warehouse infrastructure to support the expansion of our operations. In addition, we have developed a model for new stores that assumes a leased 8,000 to 12,000 square foot space, requires an average net cash investment of approximately $0.8 million and targets an average payback period of three years. We believe that under this model we can grow our store base by approximately 10% annually over the next several years without substantially modifying our current resources and infrastructure. While we plan to continue to open or acquire new stores in the coming years, we intend to slow store growth in fiscal 2021 in order to preserve cash in the near-term as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Store Management and Training

We have a strong culture focused on providing superior customer service. We believe that our store associates and managers form the foundation of the Boot Barn brand. We recruit people who are welcoming, friendly and service-oriented, and who often live the western lifestyle or have a genuine affinity for it. We have a positive culture of enthusiasm and entrepreneurial spirit throughout the Company, which is particularly strong in our stores. Given the lifestyle nature of the Boot Barn brand, we have developed a natural connection between our customers and our store associates.

Given the importance of both fit and function in selling much of our product, we utilize a well-developed sales, service and product training program. We provide over 20 hours of training for new store associates, as well as ongoing product, sales and leadership training. Additionally, we provide home office and supplier-led workshops on products,

10

Table of Contents

selling skills and leadership at our annual three-day store manager meeting. Our store management training programs emphasize building skills that lead to effective store management and overall leadership. Our store managers are responsible for hiring and staffing our stores and are empowered with the sales, customer service and operational tools necessary to monitor employee and store performance. We believe that our continued investments in training our

9

Table of Contents

employees help drive loyalty from our store associates and, in turn, our customers. We are committed to providing the right merchandise solution for each of our customers based on the ultimate end use of our products. Our goal is to train each of our store associates to be able to guide a customer throughout a store and provide helpful knowledge on product fit, functions and features across our departments. Rather than rely heavily on sales commissions and supplier-specific incentive programs, we utilize a system under which the vast majority of our store associates’ compensation is based on an hourly wage. We believe that this produces a team-oriented culture, creates a less pressured selling environment and helps ensure that our store associates are focused on the specific needs of our customers.

Merchandising

Strategy

We seek to establish our stores as a one-stop destination for western and work-related footwear, apparel and accessories. Our merchandising strategy is to offer a core assortment of products, brands and styles by store, department and price point. We augment and tailor this assortment by region to cater to local preferences such as toe profiles for western boots, styling for western apparel, and functions and features for work apparel and work boots depending on climate and the local industries served. In addition, we actively maintain a balance between third party brands and our own brands that, we believe, offers our customers a compelling mix between selection, product and value.

Our business is moderately seasonal and as a result our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. The third quarter of our fiscal year, which includes the Christmas shopping season, has historically produced higher sales and disproportionately higher operating results than the other quarters of our fiscal year. Historically, neither the western nor the work component of our business has been meaningfully impacted by fashion trends or seasonality. We believe that many of our customers are driven primarily by utility and brand, and our best-selling styles tend to be items that carry over from year to year with only minor updates. In fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 we generated approximately 34%, 33%34% and 33% of our net sales during our third fiscal quarter, respectively.

We have a minimal amount of seasonal merchandise that could necessitate significant markdowns. This allows us to implement automated replenishment systems for approximately 70%75% of our store merchandise, meaning that, as sales are captured in a store’s point of sale system, recommended purchase orders are systematically generated for approval by our merchandising group, ensuring our strong in-stock inventory position. As a result, demand and margins for the majority of our products are fairly predictable, which reduces our inventory risk. Unfavorable economic conditions, including those caused by COVID-19, could leave us with either excess inventory or a shortage of inventory and increased pressure on our margins. For more information about the risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could affect our future results, please see Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our products

During fiscal 2020,2021, our products contributed to overall sales in the following manner:

Gender—Men’s merchandise accounted for approximately 65% of our sales with the balance being ladies, kids and unisex merchandise.
Styling—Western styles comprised approximately 70%two thirds of our sales, with work-related and other styles making up the balance.
Product category—Boots accounted for just over half of our sales, with apparel comprising an additional 34%32% and the balance consisting of hats, gifts, accessories and home merchandise.

11

Table of Contents

Throughout our long history we have maintained collaborative relationships with our key suppliers. These relationships, coupled with our scale, have allowed us to carry a wide selection of popular and niche brands, including Ariat,, Carhartt Workwear,, Cinch,, Corral,, Dan Post,, Georgia Boot,, Justin Boots,, Keen,, Lucchese,, Rocky,, Stetson,, Timberland,, Tony Lama,, Twisted X,, Wolverine and Wrangler. In many cases, we are one of the largest accounts of our suppliers and have become important as the largest specialty retailer of western and work wear in the U.S. As a result,

10

Table of Contents

we have several advantages relative to our competitors, including increased buying power and access to first-to-market or limited-edition products. This provides us with competitive differentiation and the ability to generate higher merchandise margins.

Our scale has also allowed us to introduce our own proprietary western wear brands, Shyanne and Cody James, which offer high-quality western boots, shirts, jackets and hats for women and men, respectively. We also have an exclusive license agreement with country music star Brad Paisley, who designs a collection of boots, apparel and accessories for us, under the brand name Moonshine Spirit, that reflect his lifestyle and personality. In fiscal 20182019 we entered into a new partnership with country music artist Miranda Lambert, to develop a lifestyle brand, Idyllwind, inspired by her music and creative talents, which includes boots, apparel and accessories. In fiscal 20192020 we developed two additional private brands, Hawx and Cody James Work. These brands offer high quality work wear and work boots to our customer. We develop private brand merchandise for our home and gift category under the name BB Ranch.customers. We created these brands to address segments that we believe are underserved by third-party brands. We have a dedicated product development team that designs and sources merchandise from suppliers around the world. These product assortments are exclusive to Boot Barn and are merchandised and marketed as if they were third-party brands both in our stores and on our e-commerce websites. In fiscal 2020,2021, sales from our private brand products accounted for approximately 22.0%23.7% of our consolidated sales including our stores and e-commerce websites. These private brands differentiate us from our competitors and have historically produced higher incremental merchandise margins than the third-party brands that we carry.

Planning and allocation

We believe that we have assembled a talented and experienced team in both the buying and merchandise planning functions. The experience of our team is critical to understanding the technical requirements of our merchandise based on region and use, such as the appropriate safety toe regulations for work boots in a particular industry. The team is constantly managing our replenishment model to ensure a high in-stock position by stock keeping unit, or SKU, on a store-by-store basis. Our merchandising team optimizes the product selection, mix and depth across our stores by analyzing demand on a market-by-market basis, continuously reviewing our sell-through results, communicating with our suppliers about local market preferences and new products, shopping our competitors’ stores, and immersing themselves in trade and western lifestyle events including rodeos, country music concerts and other industry-specific activities. Our merchandising team also makes frequent visits to our stores and partners with our regional, district and store managers to refine the merchandise assortment by region. Our team has demonstrated the ability to effectively manage merchandising, pricing and promotional strategies across our store base.

To keep the product assortment fresh, we reposition a small portion of our merchandise on the sales floor every month. To drive traffic to our stores and create in-store energy and excitement, we execute a promotional calendar that showcases select brands or merchandise categories throughout the year and rotates on a monthly cadence. Our promotional activity also enables us to consistently engage with our customers both online and in-store, as well as through our various marketing media. Our ability to optimize the price for each merchandise category on a market-by-market basis, helps us to maximize profitability while remaining price competitive.

Marketing and Advertising

Our marketing strategy is designed to build brand awareness, acquire new customers, enhance customer loyalty and drive in-store and online transactions. We customize our marketing mix for each of our markets and purposes. For example, during store grand openings we engage in additional local community outreach and advertise in local print media in select markets. We primarily use the following forms of media:

12Pay-per-click—We use pay-per-click advertising to reach online shoppers whose behavior indicates an interest in our products. This marketing medium allows us the opportunity to grow our business and acquire new customers.

Table of Contents

Radio and television—We purchase spots on both national and regional radio stations, primarily country music channels, to draw customers to nearby locations. We also maintain relationships with several country music artists in order to capitalize on the popularity of country music, using our stores and marketing communications to promote their album sales or concerts. In return, these country music artists often make in-store appearances or mention us on social

11

Table of Contents

media and occasionally give private performances. We also purchase television spots to create awareness in new markets and occasionally help support grand openings of new stores.

Direct mail—We conduct several direct mail campaigns, and during fiscal 2020,2021, we sent out approximately 5.03.3 million mailers, ranging in size from postcards to catalogs of approximately 50 pages.

E-mail—We e-mail our e-commerce customers and members of our B Rewarded loyalty program as part of our cross-channel effort to drive traffic to our stores and websites. We sent more than one billion e-mails in fiscal 2020.2021.

Social media—We also have a marketing strategy that has produced a fast-growing social media presence, as evidenced by our strong following on Facebook and Instagram. Our posts celebrate country and western life and humor, and routinely get thousands of likes, hundreds of shares and dozens of comments each.

Event sponsorship—We typically sponsor community-based western events each year within the regional footprint of our store locations. Houston Livestock Show and Rodeo, a well-known 20-day celebration of western heritage, is one of our most prominent sponsorships and attracts more than two million visitors to Houston, Texas, where we operate seventeeneighteen stores in the area. We also sponsor the San Antonio Stock Show and Rodeo, an 18-day event with more than two million attendees. Other prominent sponsorships include Cheyenne Frontier Days, the largest outdoor rodeo in the U.S., the Professional Rodeo Cowboys Association and related National Finals Rodeo in Las Vegas, Nevada, Professional Bull Riders and the National High School Rodeo Association, which supports rodeos for competitors in high school and junior high school. At more prominent events, we often set up pop-up shops as large as 9,000 square feet, which allow participants to purchase our merchandise. As a result of the COVID-19 has continued to spread,pandemic, public and private sector policies and initiatives intended to reduce the transmission of COVID-19, such as the imposition of travel restrictions, mandates from federal, state and local authorities to avoid large gatherings of people, quarantine or “shelter-in-place”, and the promotion of social distancing have significantly impacted events around the country. As a result of these initiatives, many large public events including rodeos, concerts and country music festivals have beenwere cancelled or otherwise postponed. Specifically, the 2020 Houston Livestock Show and Rodeo was cancelled on March 11, 2020, eight days into the 20-day celebration. We believe additional event cancellations and postponements willcould negatively impact sales in the near-term.

Distribution

Our suppliers ship most of our in-store merchandise directly to our stores and a portion of our e-commerce merchandise to our e-commerce customers. The remaining units are either shipped from our distribution center located in Fontana, California, or from the distribution center in Wichita, Kansas, that we acquired as a result of the Sheplers Acquisition. Our distribution center in California distributes our private brand and volume discount purchases to our stores, and supplies inventory for sponsored events and new store openings. Our Wichita, Kansas distribution center fulfills our e-commerce orders. In accordance with our automated replenishment programs, third-party suppliers typically deliver merchandise to our stores daily, ensuring in-stock merchandise availability and a steady flow of new inventory for our customers.

Competition

The retail industry for western and work wear is highly fragmented and characterized by primarily regional competitors. We estimate that there are thousands of independent specialty stores scattered across the country. We believe that we compete primarily with smaller regional chains and independents on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, price, customer service and the ability to identify and satisfy consumer demand. In addition, as we expand our e-commerce sales presence, we are competing to an increasing degree with online retailers and the e-commerce offerings of traditional competitors. We also compete with farm supply stores and, to a lesser degree, mass merchants, some of which are significantly larger than us, but most of which realize only a small percentage of their total revenues

13

Table of Contents

from the sale of western and work wear. We have more than three times as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear and we believe that our nationally recognized lifestyle brand, economies of scale, breadth and depth of inventory across a variety of categories, strong in-stock position, portfolio of authentic private brands, enhanced supplier partnerships, exclusive offerings and ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates favorably differentiate us from our competitors.

12

Table of Contents

Information technology

We have made significant investments to create a scalable information technology platform to support growth in our retail and e-commerce sales without further near-term investments in our information technology infrastructure. We use an Enterprise Resource Planning system (“Aptos Retail”) for integrated point-of-sale, merchandising, planning, sales audit, customer relationship management, inventory control, loss prevention, purchase order management and business intelligence. We operate Aptos Retail on a software-as-a-service platform. This approach allows us to regularly upgrade to the most recent software release with minimal operational disruption, nominal systems infrastructure investment and a relatively small in-house information technology department. Aptos Retail also interfaces with our accounting system.

We have also invested in an information technology platform for our e-commerce websites. At the end of fiscal 2017, we upgraded our e-commerce platform. This upgrade of our e-commerce platform acts as the foundation for our digital store fronts.

Intellectual property

We regard our trademarks as having value and as being important to our marketing efforts. We have registered our trademarks in the U.S., including our brand name “Boot Barn” and our private label brands. We also have a registered trademark for the “Sheplers” and “Country Outfitter” brand names. We have sought foreign trademark protection by registering thein China and Hong Kong where we have registered our Boot Barn trademark in Hong Kong.trademarks. We also own the domain name for our primary e-commerce websites, www.bootbarn.com, www.sheplers.com and www.countryoutfitter.com. Our policy is to pursue registration of our trademarks and to rigorously defend their infringement by third parties.

Our employees

As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, we employed approximately 1,1001,500 full-time and 2,1003,400 part-time employees, of which approximately 400600 were employed at our Store Support Center and distribution centers and approximately 2,8004,300 were employed at our stores. Thisreflects COVID-19 related furloughs of approximately 300 full-time and 900 part-time employees, of which approximately 100 were employed at our distribution centers and approximately 1,100 were employed at our stores. Subsequent to March 28, 2020, we furloughed additional employees, including at our Store Support Center, while some previously furloughed employees returned to our stores and distribution centers. See “Recent Developments” above. The number of employees, especially part-time employees, fluctuates depending upon our seasonal needs. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. We have never experienced a strike or significant work stoppage.

Regulation and legislation

We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing truth-in-advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws at the federal, state and local level, including consumer protection regulations, such as the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable laws.

We source many of our private brand products from outside the U.S. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business.

14

Table of Contents

Our policies and our supplier compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable law, including these laws and regulations.

Available Information

Our internet address is www.bootbarn.com and the investor relations section of our website is located at investor.bootbarn.com, where we make available, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

13

Table of Contents

Information on our website should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K unless specifically incorporated by reference herein.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical or current fact included in this annual report are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements refer to our current expectations and projections relating to, by way of example and without limitation, our financial condition, liquidity, profitability, results of operations, margins, plans, objectives, strategies, future performance, business and industry. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “project”, “plan”, “intend”, “believe”, “may”, “might”, “will”, “could”, “should”, “can have”, “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events, but not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, revenues, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such a discrepancy include, but are not limited to, the factors set forth in Item 1A. Risk Factors – “Summary of Risk Factors” below.

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our current operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. For these reasons, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

See “Risk Factors” for a more complete discussion of the risks and uncertainties mentioned above and for a discussion of other risks and uncertainties. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In addition, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may also exacerbate other risks discussed herein, any of which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on us. Additional impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic may arise that we are not aware of currently. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as others made in this annual report and in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made by us in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the risks and uncertainties identified by us may not be all of the factors that are important to you. Furthermore, the forward-looking statements included in this annual report are made only as of the date hereof. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments that we may make. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Summary of Risk Factors

Below is a summary of the principal factors that make an investment in our common stock speculative or risky. This summary does not address all of the risks that we face. Additional discussion of the risks summarized in this risk factor summary, and other risks that we face, can be found below under the heading “Risk Factors” and should be carefully considered, together with other information in this Form 10-K and our other filings with the SEC.

14

Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Business

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may continue to adversely affect our business operations, growth strategies, store traffic, employee availability, financial condition, liquidity and cash flow for an extended period of time.
Our sales could be severely impacted by decreases in consumer spending due to declines in consumer confidence, local economic conditions in our markets or changes in consumer preferences.
Our business largely depends on a strong brand image, and if we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand image, particularly in markets where we have newly acquired stores and in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of sales.
We face intense competition in our industry and we may be unable to compete effectively.
Most of our merchandise is produced in foreign countries, making the price and availability of our merchandise susceptible to international trade risks and other international conditions, including the impacts of COVID-19.
Our failure to adapt to new challenges that arise when expanding into new geographic markets could adversely affect our ability to profitably operate those stores and maintain our brand image.
Our continued growth depends upon successfully opening new stores as well as integrating any acquired stores, and our failure to successfully open new stores or integrate acquired stores could negatively affect our business and stock price.
As we expand our business, we may be unable to generate significant amounts of cash from operations.
Any significant change in our distribution model could initially have an adverse impact on our cash flows and results of operations.
If we fail to maintain good relationships with our suppliers or if our suppliers are unable or unwilling to provide us with sufficient quantities of merchandise at acceptable prices, our business and operations may be adversely affected.
Our efforts to improve and expand our exclusive product offerings may be unsuccessful, and implementing these efforts may divert our operational, managerial, financial and administrative resources, which could harm our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.
We purchase merchandise based on sales projections and our purchase of too much or too little inventory may adversely affect our overall profitability.
A rise in the cost of fabric, raw materials, labor or transportation could increase our cost of merchandise and cause our results of operations and margins to decline.
If our suppliers and manufacturers fail to use acceptable labor or other practices, our reputation may be harmed, which could negatively impact our business.
If we lose key management personnel, our operations could be negatively impacted.
If we cannot attract, train and retain qualified employees, our business could be adversely affected.
Higher wage and benefit costs could adversely affect our business.
The concentration of our stores and operations in certain geographic locations subjects us to regional economic conditions and natural disasters that could adversely affect our business.
We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our clients would have to pay for our products and adversely affect our operating results.
The adoption of new tax legislation could affect our financial performance.
Our leverage may reduce our cash flow available to grow our business.
Our borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan are at variable rates, exposing us to interest rate risk, including increases in interest rates resulting from changes in the determination of the London Interbank Offered Rate.
The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business.
We are required to make significant lease payments for our stores, Store Support Center and distribution center, which may strain our cash flow.
New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could adversely affect our financial performance.

15

Table of Contents

We may be unable to maintain same store sales or net sales per square foot, which may cause our results of operations to decline.
Any inability to balance our private brand merchandise with the third-party branded merchandise that we sell may have an adverse effect on our net sales and gross profit.
We are subject to payment-related risks that could increase our operating costs, expose us to fraud or theft, subject us to potential liability and potentially disrupt our business.
If our management information systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our operations could be disrupted.
We rely on UPS and the United States Postal Service to deliver our e-commerce merchandise to our customers and our business could be negatively impacted by disruptions in the operations of these third-party service providers.
Use of social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.
Our e-commerce businesses subject us to numerous risks that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
Our sales can significantly fluctuate based upon shopping seasons, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate disproportionately on a quarterly basis.
We buy and stock merchandise based upon seasonal weather patterns and therefore unseasonable or extreme weather could negatively impact our sales, financial condition and results of operations.
If we fail to obtain and retain high-visibility sponsorship or endorsement arrangements with celebrities, or if the reputation of any of the celebrities that we partner with is impaired, our business may suffer.
Our management information systems and databases could be disrupted by system security failures, cyber threats or by the failure of, or lack of access to, our Enterprise Resource Planning system. These disruptions could negatively impact our sales, increase our expenses, subject us to liability and/or harm our reputation.
Our failure to maintain adequate internal controls over our financial and management systems may cause errors in our financial reporting. These errors may cause a loss of investor confidence and result in a decline in the price of our common stock.
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our financial results may be negatively impacted.
We may be subject to liability if we, or our suppliers, infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.
Litigation costs and the outcome of litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Issues with merchandise safety could damage our reputation, sales and financial results.
Union attempts to organize our employees could negatively affect our business.
Violations of or changes in laws, including employment laws and laws related to our merchandise, could make conducting our business more expensive or change the way we do business.
We may engage in strategic transactions that could negatively impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.
Terrorism or civil unrest could negatively affect our business.
If our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

Risks Related To Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price and trading volume of our common stock have been and may continue to be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Anti-takeover provisions in our corporate organizational documents and current credit facility and under Delaware law may delay, deter or prevent a takeover of us and the replacement or removal of our management, even if such a change of control would benefit our stockholders.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research and reports or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research and reports about our business, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock, which may make our common stock less desirable to investors and decrease its value.

16

Table of Contents

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this annual report, including our consolidated financial statements, and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. If any of the following risks were realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

15

Table of Contents

Risks Related To Our Business

The recent outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) has been declared aongoing COVID-19 pandemic by the World Health Organization and recently has spread to the United States and many other parts of the world and may continue to adversely affect our business operations, growth strategies, store traffic, employee availability, financial condition, liquidity and cash flow for an extended period of time.

The global outbreak ofongoing COVID-19 which has been declared a pandemic, by the World Health Organization, has adversely affected our business and may continue to adversely affect our business for an indefinite period. The virusperiod until the impact of the pandemic subsides. Since first being reported, COVID-19 has spread rapidly acrossto numerous countries around the globe,world, including the U.S. The pandemic is having an unprecedented impact onMeasures taken by governmental authorities to reduce the transmission of COVID-19, including stay-at-home orders and business closures, as well as lack of subsequent economic stimulus initiatives, have resulted in wide-scale unemployment and financial hardship for a large portion of the U.S. economy as federal, statepopulation, and local governments react to this public health crisis, which hasthese impacts, among others, have created significant uncertainties. These uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the potential adverse effect of the pandemic on the economy, our supply chain partners, our employees and customers, customer sentiment in general, and traffic within our stores and on our e-commerce sites. As a result of the economic slowdown caused by COVID-19, many industries and public and private sector jobs have been and may continue to be impacted, including but not limited to those in the construction, domestic manufacturing, energy, food and agriculture, transportation and warehouse sectors. As the pandemic continues to grow, consumerConsumer fear about becoming ill with the virus and recommendations and/or mandates from federal, state and local authorities to avoid large gatherings of people or self-quarantine may continue toor may increase, which has already affected, and may continue to affect, traffic to our stores. If as a result of the pandemic, we are unable to continue to provide employees with appropriate compensation and protective measures, we may be unable to retain or attract employees to perform necessary functions within our stores and engage with our customers. In addition, if we are required to transition certain or all our employees to a remote work environment in an effort to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, our failure to provide appropriate technological resources and maintain adequate safeguards around our remote work environment could result in loss of productivity and usage errors by our employees or the loss or compromise of confidential customer, employee or company data. In addition, the remote work environment may increase certain risks to our business, including phishing and other cybersecurity attacks.

AsAlthough our operations have generally stabilized since the onset of March 28, 2020, 36the pandemic, there can be no assurances that the spread of COVID-19 will not strain our 259supply chain, store operations and merchandising functions in the future. This could create difficulties and delays in obtaining products from our distributors, delivering products to our stores were closedand adequately staffing our stores and distribution centers. If we are unable to continue to source, transport and stock products in our stores or to maintain adequate staffing levels in our stores and distribution centers due to disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, we will be unable to maintain inventory levels and continue to operate our stores at levels to meet customer demand. Further, if we do not identify and source appropriate products in response to our customers’ evolving needs during the COVID-19 pandemic, we may lose existing customers and fail to attract new customers, which could cause our sales to decrease, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

17

Table of Contents

Except for temporary store closures due to COVID-19, mandated store closures, and asall of May 19, 2020, 18our stores remain closed. As we are a national retailer of OSHA compliant work boots, work apparel and accessories, many stores were designated by state and local governments to support essential critical infrastructure workers and therefore remained open as of March 28, 2020.27, 2021. We are unable to predict when closed stores will reopen after this date or if additional store closures and longer periods of store closures will be needed or mandated. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and related store closures, as of March 28, 2020 we had furloughed approximately 1,200 employees, and subsequent to that date, we have furloughed additional employees. See “Recent Developments” under Item 1. Business above. While the number of stores open has continued to fluctuate according to state and local government mandates, as of May 19, 2020, 242 storesexperienced instances of our 260 stores remain open. Although several stores remain open, we continue to experience a significant decreaseemployees contracting COVID-19, and in comparable same store sales.

Additionally,response we follow guidelines of the Center for Disease ControlCDC and other health authority guidelines to report positive test results and reduce further transmission. AAlthough our stores currently remain open, any widespread transmission of COVID-19 among our employees within a particular store or geographical area might necessitate that we temporarily close certain stores, which may negatively affect our business and financial condition, as well as the perception of our company. Additionally, any widespread transmission of COVID-19 among the employees in our distribution centers might necessitate the temporary closure of our facilities, resulting in product delivery delays and other logistical constraints. Any widespread transmission of COVID-19 among our employees within a particular store or geographical area might necessitate that we temporarily close additional stores, which may negatively affect our business and financial condition, as well as the perception of our company. Further, if customersindividuals believe they have contracted COVID-19 in our stores or believe that we have not taken appropriate precautionary measures to reduce the transmission of COVID-19, we may be subject to costly and time-consuming litigation.

16

Table of Contents

Continued impacts of the pandemic could have a material adverse effect on our near-term and long-term business operations, store traffic, employee availability, financial condition, liquidity and cash flow, and may require significant actions in response, including but not limited to, additional employee furloughs and/or layoffs, reduced store hours or additional store closings, expense reductions, discounting of pricing of our products, all in an effort to mitigate the impacts of the pandemic. The full extent ofto which the impact of theCOVID-19 pandemic onimpacts our business operations and financial resultscondition will largely depend largely on future developments, including the duration of the spread of the outbreak within the U.S., the impact on capital and financial markets and the related impact on consumer confidence and spending, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. The situation continuespredicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic, the impacts of new variants of the virus, the timing, distribution, efficacy and public acceptance of vaccines and other treatments for COVID-19 and the actions necessary to evolve rapidly, and additional impacts may arise of which we are not currently aware.contain COVID-19.

Our sales could be severely impacted by decreases in consumer spending due to declines in consumer confidence, local economic conditions in our markets or changes in consumer preferences.

We depend upon consumers feeling confident about spending discretionary income on our products to drive our sales. Consumer spending may be adversely impacted by economic conditions, such as consumer confidence in future economic conditions, interest and tax rates, inflation, employment levels, salary and wage levels, the availability of consumer credit, the level of housing, energy and food costs, general business conditions and other challenges affecting the global economy including the recentongoing COVID-19 pandemic. These risks may be exacerbated for retailers like us who focus on specialty footwear, apparel and accessories. Our financial performance is particularly susceptible to economic and other conditions in California, Texas and other states where we have a significant number of stores. Many of our stores operate in geographic areas where the local economies depend to a significant degree on oil and other commodity extraction, and many of our customers are employed in these industries. As a result of the economic slowdown caused by COVID-19, the global demand for oil has beenwas significantly impacted thus drivingand the price of oil was driven down in recent months.significantly from previous levels. Our financial performance is accordingly susceptible to economic and other conditions relating to output and employment in these areas. Our financial performance also is impacted by conditions in the construction sector, domestic manufacturing and the transportation and warehouse sectors, the growth of which we believe is an important driver of our work wear business. In addition, our financial performance may be negatively affected if the popularity of the western and country lifestyle subsides, or if there is a general trend in consumer preferences away from boots and other western or country products in favor of another general category of footwear or attire. If this were to occur or if periods of decreased consumer spending persist, our sales could decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, difficult economic conditions may exacerbate some of the other risks described in this Item 1A. Risk Factors, including those risks associated with increased competition, decreases in store traffic, brand reputation, the interruption of the production and flow of merchandise, the ability to achieve our growth strategies, and the ability to improve and expand our exclusive product offering. These risks could be exacerbated individually or collectively.

Our business largely depends on a strong brand image, and if we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand image, particularly in markets where we have newly acquired stores and in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of sales.

We believe that our brand image and brand awareness have contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand image, particularly in markets where we have newly acquired stores and in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, is important to maintaining and expanding

18

Table of Contents

our customer base. Our ability to successfully integrate newly acquired and newly opened stores into their surrounding communities, to expand into new markets or to maintain the strength and distinctiveness of our brand image in our existing markets will be adversely impacted if we fail to connect with our target customers. Our efforts to rebrand newly acquired stores could result in reduced sales and profitability of such stores. Maintaining and enhancing our brand image may require us to make substantial investments in areas such as merchandising, marketing, store operations, community relations, store graphics and employee training, which could adversely affect our cash flow and which may ultimately be unsuccessful. Furthermore, our brand image could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for merchandise quality, if we fail to comply with local laws and regulations or if we experience negative publicity or other negative events that affect our image and reputation. Some of these risks may be beyond our ability to control, such as the effects of negative publicity regarding our suppliers. Failure to successfully market and maintain our brand image in new and existing markets could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

17

Table of Contents

We face intense competition in our industry and we may be unable to compete effectively.

The retail industry for western and work wear is highly fragmented and characterized by primarily regional competitors. We estimate that there are thousands of independent specialty stores scattered across the country. We believe that we compete primarily with smaller regional chains and independent stores on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, price, customer service and the ability to identify and satisfy consumer demand. In addition, as we expand our e-commerce sales presence and as a result of consumers’ growing desire to shop online (including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic), we are competing to an increasing degree with online retailers and the e-commerce offerings of traditional competitors. There can be no assurance that our e-commerce expansion initiatives will be successful. We also compete with farm supply stores and, to a lesser degree, mass merchants. Competition with some or all of these retailers could require us to lower our prices or risk losing customers. In addition, significant or unusual promotional activities by our competitors may force us to respond in-kind and adversely impact our operating cash flow and gross profit. As a result of these factors, current and future competition could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Many of the mass merchants and online retailers that sell some western or work wear products have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we currently do, and in the case of online retailers, lower overhead and overall cost structure. Therefore, these competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of these products, generate national brand recognition or adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we can, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage if they decide to expand their offerings of these product lines. Moreover, we do not possess exclusive rights to many of the elements that comprise our in-store experience and product offerings. Our competitors may seek to emulate facets of our business strategy, including our in-store experience, which could result in a reduction of some competitive advantages or special appeal that we might possess. In addition, most of our suppliers sell products to us on a non-exclusive basis. As a result, our current and future competitors may be able to duplicate or improve on some or all of the in-store and e-commerce product offerings that we believe are important in differentiating our stores, our e-commerce offerings and our customers’ shopping experience. If our competitors were to duplicate or improve on some or all of our in-store experience, or our in-store and e-commerce product offerings, our competitive position and our business could suffer.

Most of our merchandise is produced in foreign countries, making the price and availability of our merchandise susceptible to international trade risks and other international conditions, including the impacts of COVID-19.

The majority of our private brand products are manufactured in foreign countries, including Mexico and China. In addition, we purchase most of our third-party branded merchandise from domestic suppliers that have a large portion of their merchandise made in foreign countries.

The countries, specifically Mexico and China, in which our merchandise currently is manufactured or may be manufactured in the future could become subject to trade restrictions imposed by the U.S., including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes and customs restrictions, which could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to us and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Recently, uncertainty has increased regarding tax and trade policies, border adjustments, tariffs and government regulations affecting trade between the U.S. and other countries, such as Mexico and China. This includes the imposition of tariffs or penalties on products manufactured outside the United States, including several tariffs on a variety of products from China imposed by the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative in 2018 ranging up to 25%. There is also a concern that the imposition of additional tariffs by the United States could result in the adoption of tariffs by other countries as well. Such tariffs on imports from foreign countries, as well

19

Table of Contents

as changes in tax and trade policies such as a border adjustment tax or disallowance of certain tax deductions for imported merchandise, if enacted, could materially increase our manufacturing costs, the costs of our imported merchandise or our income tax expense, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any tariffs by China or other foreign countries on imports of our products could also adversely affect our international e-commerce sales. Any increase in our manufacturing costs, the cost of our merchandise or limitation on the amount of merchandise we are able to purchase, or any decrease in our international e-commerce sales, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, public health issues affecting China, Mexico or another foreign country from which a large portion of our third-party and private brand merchandise is purchased and imported, including the recent outbreak ofongoing COVID-19 pandemic, may result in the temporary closure of our suppliers’ facilities or shipping ports, resulting in product

18

Table of Contents

delivery delays. For example, the outbreak of COVID-19 has led to work and travel restrictions in and out of China and other countries around the world as well as temporary closures or production and logistical constraints due to workforce availability of certain factories in China. These travel restrictions, factory closures and production and logistical constraints may result in, among other things, delayed shipments and increased shipping costs. These impacts on our supply chain could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to adapt to new challenges that arise when expanding into new geographic markets could adversely affect our ability to profitably operate those stores and maintain our brand image.

Our expansion into new geographic markets could result in competitive, merchandising, distribution and other challenges that are different from those we encounter in the geographic markets in which we currently operate. In addition, to the extent that our store count increases, we may face risks associated with market saturation of our product offerings and locations. Our suppliers may also restrict their sales to us in new markets to the extent they are already saturating that market with their products through other retailers or their own stores. There can be no assurance that any newly opened stores will be received as well as, or achieve net sales or profitability levels comparable to those of, our existing stores in the time periods estimated by us, or at all. If our stores fail to achieve, or are unable to sustain, acceptable net sales and profitability levels, our business may be materially harmed, we may incur significant costs associated with closing those stores and our brand image may be negatively impacted.

Our continued growth depends upon successfully opening new stores as well as integrating any acquired stores, and our failure to successfully open new stores or integrate acquired stores could negatively affect our business and stock price.

We have grown our store count rapidly in recent years, both organically and through strategic acquisitions of competing chains. Our ability to successfully open and operate new and acquired stores is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, such as:

identifying suitable store locations, the availability of which is beyond our control;
obtaining acceptable lease terms;
sourcing sufficient levels of inventory;
selecting the appropriate merchandise to appeal to our customers;
hiring, training and retaining store employees;
assimilating new store employees into our corporate culture;
marketing the new stores’ locations and product offerings effectively;
avoiding construction delays and cost overruns in connection with the build out of new stores;

20

Table of Contents

avoiding other costs in opening new stores, such as rebranding acquired locations and environmental liabilities;
managing and expanding our infrastructure to accommodate growth; and
integrating the new and acquired stores with our existing buying, distribution and other support operations.

Our failure to successfully address these challenges could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We opened or acquired 15 stores in fiscal 2021, 20 stores in fiscal 2020, and 17 stores in fiscal 2019, and 9 stores

19

Table of Contents

in fiscal 2018.2019. We plan to continue to open or acquire new stores in the coming years; however, there can be no assurance that we will open or acquire new stores in fiscal 20212022 or thereafter, or that any such stores will be profitable. The expansion of our store base will place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our existing business less effectively, which in turn could cause the financial performance of our existing stores to deteriorate. In addition, we plan to open some new stores within existing markets. Some of these new stores may open close enough to our existing stores that a segment of customers will stop shopping at our existing stores and instead shop at the new stores, causing sales and profitability at those existing stores to decline. If this were to occur with a number of our stores, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to opening new stores, we may acquire and rebrand stores. Acquiring and integrating stores involves additional risks that could adversely affect our growth and results of operations. Newly acquired stores may be unprofitable and we may incur significant costs and expenses in connection with any acquisition including systems integration and costs relating to remerchandising and rebranding the acquired stores. Integrating newly acquired chains or individual stores may divert our senior management’s attention from our core business. Our ability to integrate newly acquired stores will depend on the successful expansion of our existing financial controls, distribution model, information systems, management and human resources and on attracting, training and retaining qualified employees.

As we expand our business, we may be unable to generate significant amounts of cash from operations.

As we expand our business, we will need significant amounts of cash from operations to pay our existing and future lease obligations, build out new store space, purchase inventory, pay personnel, and, if necessary, further invest in our infrastructure and facilities. We primarily rely on cash flow generated from existing stores and our e-commerce businesses to fund our current operations and our growth. It typically takes several months and a significant amount of cash to open a new store. For example, our new store model requires an average net cash investment of approximately $0.8 million. If we continue to open a large number of stores relatively close in time, the cost of these store openings and the cost of continuing operations could reduce our cash position. An increase in our net cash outflow for new stores could adversely affect our operations by reducing the amount of cash available to address other aspects of our business.

We cannot assure you that any new stores that we open will become profitable in the anticipated time frame, or at all. Not all of our stores are currently profitable. We cannot assure you that our existing stores, which may be currently profitable, will not cease to be profitable in the future.

If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund these activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available from our current credit facility or future credit facilities, we may need additional equity or debt financing. If such financing is not available to us on satisfactory terms, our ability to operate and expand our business or to respond to competitive pressures would be limited and we could be required to delay, curtail or eliminate planned store openings. Moreover, if we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, your ownership may be diluted. Any debt financing we may incur may impose covenants that restrict our operations, and will require interest payments that would create additional cash demands and financial risk for us.

21

Table of Contents

Any significant change in our distribution model could initially have an adverse impact on our cash flows and results of operations.

Our suppliers ship most of our in-store merchandise directly to our stores and a portion of our e-commerce merchandise to our e-commerce customers. In the future, as part of our long-term strategic planning, we may change our distribution model to increase the amount of merchandise that we self-distribute through a centralized distribution center. Changing our distribution model to increase distributions from a centralized distribution center to our stores and customers would initially involve significant capital expenditures, which would increase our borrowings and interest expense or temporarily reduce the rate at which we open new stores. In addition, if we are unable to successfully integrate a new distribution model into our operations in a timely manner, our supply chain could experience significant disruptions, which could reduce our sales and adversely impact our results of operations.

20

Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain good relationships with our suppliers or if our suppliers are unable or unwilling to provide us with sufficient quantities of merchandise at acceptable prices, our business and operations may be adversely affected.

Our business is largely dependent on continued good relationships with our suppliers, including suppliers for our third-party branded products and manufacturers for our private brand products. During fiscal 2020,2021, merchandise purchased from our top three suppliers accounted for approximately 23%21%, 7%6% and 6% of our sales, respectively. We operate on a purchase order basis for our private brand and third-party branded merchandise and do not have long-term written agreements with our suppliers. Accordingly, our suppliers can refuse to sell us merchandise, limit the type or quantity of merchandise that they sell to us, enter into exclusivity arrangements with our competitors or raise prices at any time, which could have an adverse impact on our business. Deterioration in our relationships with our suppliers could have a material adverse impact on our business, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities on terms acceptable to us in the future. Also, some of our suppliers sell products directly from their own retail stores or e-commerce websites, and therefore directly compete with us. These suppliers may decide at some point in the future to discontinue supplying their merchandise to us, supply us less desirable merchandise or raise prices on the products they do sell us. If we lose key suppliers and are unable to find alternative suppliers to provide us with substitute merchandise for lost products, our business may be adversely affected.

Our efforts to improve and expand our exclusive product offerings may be unsuccessful, and implementing these efforts may divert our operational, managerial, financial and administrative resources, which could harm our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.

We seek to grow our business by improving and expanding our exclusive product offerings, which includes introducing new brands and growing and expanding our existing brands. The principal risks to our ability to successfully improve and expand our product offering are that:

introduction of new products may be delayed, which may allow our competitors to introduce similar products in a more timely fashion, which could hinder our ability to be viewed as the exclusive provider of certain western and work apparel brands and items;
the third-party suppliers of our exclusive product offerings may not maintain adequate controls with respect to product specifications and quality, which may lead to costly corrective action and damage to our brand image;
if our expanded exclusive product offerings fail to maintain and enhance our distinctive brand identity, our brand image may be diminished and our sales may decrease; and
these efforts may divert our management’s attention from other aspects of our business and place a strain on our operational, managerial, financial and administrative resources, as well as our information systems.

In addition, our ability to successfully improve and expand our exclusive product offerings may be affected by economic and competitive conditions, changes in consumer spending patterns and changes in consumer preferences, including those resulting from the outbreak of COVID-19.COVID-19 pandemic. These efforts could be abandoned, cost more than anticipated

22

Table of Contents

and divert resources from other areas of our business, any of which could impact our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.

21

Table of Contents

We purchase merchandise based on sales projections and our purchase of too much or too little inventory may adversely affect our overall profitability.

We must actively manage our purchase of inventory. We generally order our seasonal and private brand merchandise several months in advance of it being received and offered for sale. If there is a significant decrease in demand for these products, including from the impact of COVID-19, or if we fail to accurately predict consumer demand, including by disproportionately increasing the penetration of our private brand merchandise, we may be forced to rely on markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess inventory. This could have an adverse effect on our margins and operating income. Conversely, if we fail to purchase a sufficient quantity of merchandise, we may not have an adequate supply of products to meet consumer demand, thereby causing us to lose sales or adversely affecting our customer relationships. Any failure on our part to anticipate, identify and respond effectively to changing consumer demand and consumer shopping preferences could adversely affect our results of operations.

A rise in the cost of fabric, raw materials, labor or transportation could increase our cost of merchandise and cause our results of operations and margins to decline.

Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of fabrics and raw materials, such as cotton and leather, that our suppliers use to manufacture our products, as well as the cost of labor and transportation, could have adverse impacts on our cost of merchandise and our ability to meet our customers’ demands. In particular, because key components of our products are cotton and leather, any increases in the cost of cotton or leather may significantly affect the cost of our products and could have an adverse impact on our cost of merchandise. We may be unable to pass all or any of these higher costs on to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

2223

Table of Contents

If our suppliers and manufacturers fail to use acceptable labor or other practices, our reputation may be harmed, which could negatively impact our business.

We purchase merchandise from independent third-party suppliers and manufacturers. If any of these suppliers have practices that are not legal or accepted in the U.S., consumers may develop a negative view of us, our brand image could be damaged and we could become the subject of boycotts by our customers or interest groups. Further, if the suppliers violate labor or other laws of their own country, these violations could cause disruptions or delays in their shipments of merchandise. For example, much of our merchandise is manufactured in China and Mexico, which have different labor practices than the U.S. We do not independently investigate whether our suppliers are operating in compliance with all applicable laws and therefore we rely upon the suppliers’ representations set forth in our purchase orders and supplier agreements concerning the suppliers’ compliance with such laws. In addition, regulatory developments regarding the use of “conflict minerals,” certain minerals originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, could affect the sourcing and availability of raw materials used by suppliers and subject us to costs associated with the regulations, including for the diligence pertaining to the presence of any conflict minerals used in our products, possible changes to products, processes or sources of our inputs, and reporting requirements. If our goods are manufactured using illegal or unacceptable labor practices in these countries, or other countries from which our suppliers source the products we purchase, our ability to supply merchandise for our stores without interruption, our brand image and, consequently, our sales may be adversely affected.

If we lose key management personnel, our operations could be negatively impacted.

We depend upon the leadership and experience of our executive management team. If we are unable to retain existing management personnel who are critical to our success, it could result in harm to our supplier and employee relationships, the loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs. The loss of the services of any of our key management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, and could be viewed negatively by investors and analysts, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline. We may be unable to find qualified individuals to replace key management personnel on a timely basis, without incurring increased costs or at all. We do not maintain key person life insurance covering any employee. If we lose the services of any of our key management personnel or we are unable to attract additional qualified personnel, we may be unable to successfully manage our business.

If we cannot attract, train and retain qualified employees, our business could be adversely affected.

Our success depends upon the quality of the employees we hire. We recruit people who are welcoming, friendly and service-oriented, and who often live the western lifestyle or have a genuine affinity for it. Employees in many positions must have knowledge of our merchandise and the skill necessary to excel in a customer service environment. The turnover rate in the retail industry is typically high and finding qualified candidates to fill positions may be difficult. Our planned growth will require us to hire and train even more personnel. If we cannot attract, train and retain corporate employees, district managers, store managers and store associates with the qualifications we deem necessary, our ability to effectively operate and expand may be adversely affected. In addition, we rely on temporary and seasonal personnel to staff our distribution center. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to find adequate temporary or seasonal personnel to staff our operations when needed, which may strain our existing personnel and negatively impact our operations.

Higher wage and benefit costs could adversely affect our business.

Changes in federal and state minimum wage laws and other laws relating to employee benefits including recent legislative proposals relating to healthcare reform could cause us to incur additional wage and benefit costs. For example, the federal government has considered raising the national minimum wage, and various states and local jurisdictions have sought to increase retail employee wages by raising minimum wage rates or scheduling future increases in such rates, which may also cause wage rates above the minimum to increase in those markets. Increased labor costs brought about by changes in minimum wage laws, other regulations or prevailing market conditions would increase our expenses and have an adverse impact on our profitability.profitability, or could negatively impact the quality of our workforce if we fail to increase our wages competitively.

2324

Table of Contents

The concentration of our stores and operations in certain geographic locations subjects us to regional economic conditions and natural disasters that could adversely affect our business.

Our Store Support Center and distribution centers are located in California and Kansas. If we encounter any disruptions to our operations at these locations or if they were to shut down for any reason, including due to fire, tornado, earthquake or other natural disaster, then we may be prevented from effectively operating our stores and our e-commerce businesses. Additionally, a widespread transmission of COVID-19 among the employees in our distribution centers might necessitate the temporary closure of our facilities, resulting in product delivery delays and other logistical constraints. Furthermore, the risk of disruption or shutdown at our buildings in California are greater than they might be if they were located in another region, as southern California is prone to natural disasters such as earthquakes and wildfires. Any disruption or shutdown at our locations could significantly impact our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, of the 259273 stores that we operated as of March 28, 2020, 12127, 2021, 125 of these stores were located in Arizona, California and Texas. The geographic concentration of our stores may expose us to economic downturns or natural disasters in those states where our stores are located. For example, our stores located in North Dakota, Wyoming, Colorado, Texas and surrounding areas are likely to be adversely impacted by an economic downturn affecting the oil, gas, and commodities industries. In addition, in fiscal 2018 hurricanes severely impacted parts of Texas and Florida and we lost sales and incurred additional costs as a result. Any similar events in states where our stores are concentrated could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our clients would have to pay for our products and adversely affect our operating results.

An increasing number of states have considered or adopted laws that attempt to impose tax collection obligations on out-of-state retailers. In South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al (“Wayfair”), a case challenging existing law that online sellers are not required to collect sales and use tax unless they have a physical presence in the buyer’s state, the Supreme Court decided that states may adopt laws requiring sellers to collect sales and use tax, even in states where the seller has no physical presence. As a result of Wayfair, states or the federal government may adopt, or begin to enforce, laws requiring us to calculate, collect, and remit taxes on sales in their jurisdictions. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect taxes where we presently do not do so, or to collect more taxes in a jurisdiction in which we currently do collect some taxes, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest. The imposition by state governments of sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state retailers could also create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a competitive disadvantage if they do not impose similar obligations on our competitors and decrease our future sales, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.

The adoption of new tax legislation could affect our financial performance.

We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States. Our effective tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws. More generally, it is possible that U.S. federal income or other tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws will change. For example, the Biden Administration has proposed an increase in the U.S. corporate income tax rate and a minimum corporate tax based on book income. It is difficult to predict whether and when there will be tax law changes having a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our leverage may reduce our cash flow available to grow our business.

As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, we had an aggregate of $241.4$111.5 million of total outstanding indebtedness. Our obligations to pay principal and interest under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan will reduce our available cash flow, limiting our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and increasing any additional borrowing costs.

25

Table of Contents

Our borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan are at variable rates, exposing us to interest rate risk, including increases in interest rates resulting from changes in the determination of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan provide for variable interest rates. As a result, if interest rates increase, our debt service obligations under the current credit facilities could increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, which would adversely impact our net income.

The variable interest rates under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan may be determined, at the Company’s option, based upon LIBOR or a base rate, in each case, plus an applicable margin. On July

24

Table of Contents

27, 2017, the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear whether LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, is considering replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities.

Any changes to the determination of LIBOR or replacement thereof may result in an increase in LIBOR and, in turn, an increase in the variable interest rates based upon LIBOR under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan, or cause us to elect to apply the base rate to the borrowings thereunder, which base rate may be higher than applicable interest rates prior to any such changes.

The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business.

The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contain covenants that, among other things, may, under certain circumstances, place limitations on the dollar amounts paid or other actions relating to:

payments in respect of, or redemptions or acquisitions of, debt or equity issued by Boot Barn or its subsidiaries, including the payment of dividends on our common stock;
incurring additional indebtedness;
incurring guarantee obligations;
paying dividends;
creating liens on assets;
entering into sale and leaseback transactions;
making investments, loans or advances;
entering into hedging transactions;
engaging in mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of their respective assets; and
engaging in certain transactions with affiliates.

In addition, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial ratios as set forth in these agreements. Our ability to satisfy these financial ratios will depend on our ongoing financial and operating performance, which in turn will be subject to economic conditions and to financial, market and competitive factors, many of which are beyond our

26

Table of Contents

control. Our ability to comply with these ratios in future periods will also depend on our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy and realize contemplated synergies.

Various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with the covenants contained in our current credit facilities. Failure to comply with any of these covenants could result in a default under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan and under other agreements containing cross-default provisions. A default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity of the debt under these agreements and to foreclose upon any collateral securing the debt. Under these circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all of our obligations. In addition, the limitations imposed by financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly impair our ability to obtain other financing.

25

Table of Contents

We are required to make significant lease payments for our stores, Store Support Center and distribution center, which may strain our cash flow.

We do not own any real estate. Instead, we lease all of our retail store locations as well as our Store Support Center and distribution centers. The store leases generally have a base lease term of five or 10 years, with one or more renewal periods of five years, on average, exercisable at our option. Many of our leases have early cancelation clauses which permit us to terminate the lease if certain sales thresholds are not met in certain periods of time. Our costs under these leases are a significant amount of our expenses and are growing rapidly as we expand the number of locations and the cost of leasing existing locations rises. In fiscal 2020,2021, our total lease expense was $47.3$50.3 million, and we expect this amount to continue to increase as we open more stores. We are required to pay additional rent under many of our lease agreements based upon achieving certain sales thresholds for each store location. We are generally responsible for the payment of property taxes and insurance, utilities and common area maintenance fees. Many of our lease agreements also contain provisions which increase the rent payments on a set time schedule, causing the cash rent paid for a location to escalate over the term of the lease. In addition, rent costs could escalate when multi-year leases are renewed at the expiration of their lease term. These costs are significant, recurring and increasing, which places a consistent strain on our cash flow. As a result of COVID-19, in order to preserve liquidity and conserve cash, we are engaging in discussions with our landlord partners and assessing options under our leases to reduce or defer our rent payments.

We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our current credit facility, future credit facilities or from other sources, we may be unable to service our operating lease expenses, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would harm our business.

Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject to similar long-term leases. If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. We may fail to identify suitable store locations, the availability of which is beyond our control, to replace such closed stores. In addition, as our leases expire, we may fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to close stores in desirable locations. Of the store leases that will reach their termination date during fiscal 2021, twenty-five2022, twenty-one of those leases do not contain an option to automatically extend the lease term. If we are unable to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us or be released from our obligations under leases for stores that we close, our business, profitability and results of operations may be harmed.

New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could adversely affect our financial performance.

The implementation of new accounting standards could require certain systems, internal processes and controls and other changes that could increase our operating costs and result in changes to our financial statements. For example, the implementation of accounting standards related to leases, as issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, required us to make significant changes to our lease management and other accounting systems, and resulted in a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

27

Table of Contents

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or in underlying management assumptions, estimates or judgments could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance. The outcome of such changes could include litigation or regulatory actions which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

26

Table of Contents

We may be unable to maintain same store sales or net sales per square foot, which may cause our results of operations to decline.

The investing public may use same store sales or net sales per square foot projections or results, over a certain period of time, such as on a quarterly or yearly basis, as an indicator of our profitability growth. See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion of “same store sales”. Our same store sales can vary significantly from period to period for a variety of reasons, such as the age of stores, temporary store closures, changing economic factors, including those caused by the outbreak of COVID-19 pandemic, unseasonable weather, pricing, the timing of the release of new merchandise and promotional events and increased competition. These factors could cause same store sales or net sales per square foot to decline period to period or fail to grow at expected rates, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to be volatile during such periods.

Any inability to balance our private brand merchandise with the third-party branded merchandise that we sell may have an adverse effect on our net sales and gross profit.

In fiscal 2020,2021, sales from our private brand products accounted for approximately 22.0%23.7% of our consolidated sales including our stores and e-commerce websites. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, two of our five top selling brands in the store were private brand merchandise. Our private brand merchandise has historically had a higher gross margin than the third-party branded merchandise that we offer. As a result, we intend to attempt to increase the penetration of our private brands in the future. However, carrying our private brands limits the amount of third-party branded merchandise we can carry and, therefore, there is a risk that our customers’ perception that we offer many major brands will decline or that our suppliers of third-party branded merchandise may decide to discontinue supplying, or reduce the supply of, their merchandise. If this occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on net sales and profitability.

We are subject to payment-related risks that could increase our operating costs, expose us to fraud or theft, subject us to potential liability and potentially disrupt our business.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash, checks, credit and debit cards, including our private-label credit card and third-party credit and debit cards, gift cards, and pay-over-time and we may offer new payment options over time. Acceptance of these payment methods subjects us to rules, regulations, contractual obligations and compliance requirements, including payment network rules and operating guidelines, data security standards and certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers. These requirements may change over time or be reinterpreted, making compliance more difficult or costly.

For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, and other forms of electronic payment. If these companies become unable to provide these services to us, or if their systems are compromised, it could potentially disrupt our business. The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach or misuse of data, we may be liable for costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in certain payment types, which may result in a shift to other payment types or potential changes to our payment systems that may result in higher costs. As a result, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

2728

Table of Contents

If our management information systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our operations could be disrupted.

We rely upon our management information systems in almost every aspect of our daily business operations. For example, our management information systems serve an integral part in enabling us to order merchandise, process merchandise at our distribution center and retail stores, perform and track sales transactions, manage personnel, pay suppliers and employees, operate our e-commerce businesses and report financial and accounting information to management. In addition, we rely on our management information systems to enable us to leverage our costs as we grow. If our management information systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our store operations and e-commerce businesses could be severely disrupted, and we could be required to make significant additional expenditures to remediate any such failure.

We rely on UPS and the United States Postal Service to deliver our e-commerce merchandise to our customers and our business could be negatively impacted by disruptions in the operations of these third-party service providers.

We rely on UPS and the United States Postal Service to deliver our e-commerce merchandise to our customers. Relying on these third-party delivery services puts us at risk from disruptions in their operations, such as employee strikes, inclement weather, shutdowns or other delays as a result of the COVID-19 outbreakpandemic and their inability to meet our shipping demands. If we are forced to use other delivery services, our costs could increase and we may be unable to meet shipment deadlines. Moreover, we may be unable to obtain terms as favorable as those received from the transportation providers we currently use, which would further increase our costs. In addition, if our products are not delivered to our customers on time, our customers may cancel their orders or we may lose business from these customers in the future. These circumstances may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Use of social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

The use of social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites and other forms of internet-based communication, which allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons, has become commonplace. Negative commentary regarding us or the brands that we sell may be posted on social media platforms or similar devices at any time and may harm our reputation or business. Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our stores, such as boycotts, can be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage as well as physical damage to our stores and merchandise.

We also use social media platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter accounts. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.

Our e-commerce businesses subject us to numerous risks that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our e-commerce businesses and their continued growth subject us to certain risks that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, including:

diversion of traffic from our stores;
increased e-commerce competition;
liability for online content;

2829

Table of Contents

government regulation of the Internet; and
risks related to the computer systems that operate our e-commerce websites and related support systems, including computer viruses, electronic data theft and similar disruptions.

Our sales could be adversely affected by any disruption or downtime caused by the integration of new software or software upgrades. In addition, any data loss caused by such integration or upgrade could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

As we expand our e-commerce operations, we face the risk of increased losses from credit card fraud. We do not carry insurance against the risk of credit card fraud, so under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions even though the associated financial institution has approved payment of the orders. If we are unable to deter or control credit card fraud, or if credit card companies require more burdensome terms or refuse to accept credit card charges from us, our net income could be reduced. A breach of our e-commerce security measures could also reduce demand for our services.

A breach of our e-commerce security measures could expose us to potential liabilities and could also reduce demand for our services. In April 2019 an unknown party attempted to access data on one of our e-commerce sites. We investigated the incident and concluded that the attempt was unsuccessful and no personally identifiable information or customer data was accessed or exposed. However, there can be no assurance that future similar attempts would not be successful. In addition, to the extent the threat of such attempted attacks and the sophistication thereof grows, we may be required to devote additional resources to preventative measures.

Our e-commerce operations may also subject us to taxation in jurisdictions where we currently do not collect sales and other similar taxes. See “--We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our clients would have to pay for our products and adversely affect our operating results” above.

In addition, we rely upon email distributions to advertise our stores and e-commerce businesses and use various data-mining techniques to effectively target these emails. Spam filters or other blocking applications designed to enable consumers to limit incoming email from advertisers may inhibit our ability to effectively reach large audiences of existing and potential customers via email. This may adversely affect our ability to generate new business and acquire new customers.

Our sales can significantly fluctuate based upon shopping seasons, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate disproportionately on a quarterly basis.

Because of a traditionally higher level of sales during the Christmas shopping season, our sales are typically higher in the third fiscal quarter than they are in the other fiscal quarters. We also incur significant additional costs and expenses during our third fiscal quarter due to increased staffing levels and higher purchase volumes. Accordingly, the results of a single fiscal quarter should not be relied on as an indication of our annual results or future performance. In addition, any factors that harm our third fiscal quarter results of operations could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

We buy and stock merchandise based upon seasonal weather patterns and therefore unseasonable or extreme weather could negatively impact our sales, financial condition and results of operations.

We buy and stock merchandise for sale based upon expected seasonal weather patterns. If we encounter unseasonable weather, such as warmer winters or cooler summers than would be considered typical, these weather variations could cause some of our merchandise to be inconsistent with what consumers wish to purchase, causing our sales to decline. In addition, weather conditions affect the demand for our products, which in turn has an impact on prices. In past years, weather conditions, including unseasonably warm weather in winter months, and extreme weather conditions, including snow and ice storms, flood and wind damage, hurricanes, tornadoes, extreme rain and droughts, have affected our sales and results of operations both positively and negatively. Furthermore, extended unseasonable

2930

Table of Contents

weather conditions, particularly in California or Texas, will likely have a greater impact on our sales because of our store concentration in those regions. Our strategy is to remain flexible and to react to unseasonable and extreme weather conditions by adjusting our merchandise assortments and redirecting inventories to stores affected by the weather conditions. Should such a strategy not be effective, unseasonable or extreme weather may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to obtain and retain high-visibility sponsorship or endorsement arrangements with celebrities, or if the reputation of any of the celebrities that we partner with is impaired, our business may suffer.

A principal component of our marketing program is to partner with well-known country music artists and other celebrities for sponsorship and endorsement arrangements. Although we have partnered with several well-known celebrities in this manner, some of these persons may not continue their endorsements, may not continue to succeed in their fields or may engage in activities which could bring disrepute on themselves and, in turn, on us and our brand image and products. We also may not be able to attract and partner with new celebrities that may emerge in the future. Competition for endorsers is significant and adverse publicity regarding us or our industry could make it more difficult to attract and retain endorsers. Any of these failures by us or the celebrities that we partner with could adversely affect our business and revenues.

Our management information systems and databases could be disrupted by system security failures, cyber threats or by the failure of, or lack of access to, our Enterprise Resource Planning system. These disruptions could negatively impact our sales, increase our expenses, subject us to liability and/or harm our reputation.

Hackers, computer programmers and internal users may be able to penetrate our network security and create system disruptions, cause shutdowns and misappropriate our confidential information or that of our employees and third parties, including our customers. Therefore, we could incur significant expenses addressing problems created by security breaches to our network. This risk is heightened because we collect and store customer information for marketing purposes, as well as debit and credit card information. We must, and do, take precautions to secure customer information and prevent unauthorized access to our database of confidential information. However, if unauthorized parties, including external hackers or computer programmers, gain access to our database, they may be able to steal this confidential information. Our failure to secure this information could result in costly litigation, adverse publicity or regulatory action, or result in customers discontinuing the use of debit or credit cards in our stores, or customers not shopping in our stores or on our e-commerce websites altogether. These consequences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture that could unexpectedly interfere with our operations. The cost to alleviate security risks and defects in software and hardware and to address any problems that occur could negatively impact our sales, distribution and other critical functions, as well as our financial results.

In recent years, there has been increasing regulatory enforcement and litigation activity in the area of privacy, data protection and information security in various states in which we operate. On June 28, 2018, the California Governor Jerry Browngovernor signed into law the comprehensive California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020. The CCPA requires certain companies to satisfy new requirements regarding the handling of personal and sensitive data, including its use, protection and the ability of California residents whose data is stored to know specifically what data types each company has collected on them and, if they so choose, the right to demand that such companies delete their data. Failure to comply with the CCPA requirements could result in civil penalties. The CCPA also provides a private right of action that allows consumers to seek, either individually or as a class, statutory or actual damages and injunctive and other relief, if their sensitive personal information is subject to unauthorized access and exfiltration, theft or disclosure as a result of a business's failure to implement and maintain required reasonable security procedures. New legislation or regulation such as the CCPA, including any potential comprehensive federal privacy legislation, as well as any associated inquiries or investigations or any other government actions, could be costly to comply with, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, and subject us to remedies that may harm our business, including fines or demands or orders that we modify or cease existing business practices.

3031

Table of Contents

We operate Aptos Retail on a software-as-a-service platform, and we use this system for integrated point-of-sale, merchandising, planning, sales audit, customer relationship management, inventory control, loss prevention, purchase order management and business intelligence. Accordingly, we depend on this system, and the third-party provider of this service, for many aspects of our operations. If this service provider or this system fails, or if we are unable to continue to have access to this system on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our operations would be severely disrupted until an equivalent system could be identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our operations. This disruption would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our failure to maintain adequate internal controls over our financial and management systems may cause errors in our financial reporting. These errors may cause a loss of investor confidence and result in a decline in the price of our common stock.

Our public company reporting obligations and our anticipated growth may place additional burdens on our financial and management systems, internal controls and employees. As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we are required to file a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Maintaining internal controls is time consuming and costly. If we identify any material weaknesses or deficiencies that aggregate to a material weakness in our internal controls, we will have to implement appropriate changes to these controls, which may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, require the hiring of additional finance, accounting, legal and other personnel, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, including because of an inability to remediate any such material weakness, if our management is unable to report that our internal control over financial reporting is effective when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. As a result, our failure to maintain effective internal controls could result in us being subject to regulatory action and a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, both of which in turn could cause the market value of our common stock to decline and affect our ability to raise capital.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our financial results may be negatively impacted.

Our success depends in large part on our brand image. Our name, logo, domain name and our private brands and other intellectual property are valuable assets that differentiate us from our competitors. We currently rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade dress and unfair competition laws to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, but the steps taken by us to protect our proprietary rights may be inadequate to prevent infringement of our trademarks and proprietary rights by others, including imitation and misappropriation of our brand. Additional obstacles may arise as we expand our product lines and geographic scope. Moreover, litigation may be necessary to protect or enforce these intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The unauthorized use or misappropriation of our intellectual property or our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could damage our brand image and the goodwill we have created, which could cause our sales to decline.

We have not registered any of our intellectual property outside of the U.S. with the exception of the Boot Barn tradenametradenames which wasare registered in China and Hong Kong. We cannot prohibit other companies from using our other trademarks in foreign countries. Use of these other trademarks in foreign countries could negatively impact our identity in the U.S. and cause our sales to decline.

We may be subject to liability if we, or our suppliers, infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.

We may be subject to claims that our activities or the products that we sell infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. Any such claims can be time consuming and costly to defend, and may divert our

3132

Table of Contents

management’s attention and resources, even if the claims are meritless. If we were to be found liable for any such infringement, we could be required to enter into costly settlements or license agreements and could be subject to injunctions preventing further infringement. Such infringement claims could harm our brand image. In addition, any payments that we are required to make and any injunction with which we are required to comply as a result of such infringement actions could adversely affect our financial results.

We purchase merchandise from suppliers that may be subject to design copyrights or design patents, or otherwise may incorporate protected intellectual property. We are not involved in the manufacture of any of the merchandise we purchase from our suppliers for sale to our customers, and we do not independently investigate whether these suppliers legally hold intellectual property rights to merchandise that they are manufacturing or distributing. As a result, we rely upon the suppliers’ representations set forth in our purchase orders and supplier agreements concerning their right to sell us the products that we purchase from them. If a third party claims to have licensing rights with respect to merchandise we purchased from a supplier, or if we acquire unlicensed merchandise, we could be obligated to remove such merchandise from our stores, incur costs associated with destruction of such merchandise if the distributor or supplier is unwilling or unable to reimburse us and be subject to liability under various civil and criminal causes of action, including actions to recover unpaid royalties and other damages and injunctions. Any of these results could harm our brand image and have a material adverse effect on our business and growth.

Litigation costs and the outcome of litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business is characterized by a high volume of customer traffic and by transactions involving a wide variety of product selections, each of which exposes us to a high risk of consumer litigation. From time to time we may be subject to litigation claims through the ordinary course of our business operations regarding, but not limited to, employment matters, compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, footwear, apparel and accessory safety standards, security of customer and employee personal information, contractual relations with suppliers, marketing and infringement of trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Additionally, as a result of COVID-19, we may have increased litigation exposure if an employee or customer believes they contracted the COVID-19 virus in one of our stores. Litigation to defend ourselves against claims by third parties, or to enforce any rights that we may have against third parties, may be necessary, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Issues with merchandise safety could damage our reputation, sales and financial results.

Various governmental authorities in the jurisdictions where we do business regulate the safety of the merchandise we sell to consumers. Regulations and standards in this area, including those related to the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, state regulations like California's Proposition 65, and similar legislation, impose restrictions and requirements on the merchandise we sell in our stores and through e-commerce. These regulations change from time to time as new federal, state or local regulations are enacted. If we or our vendors are unable to comply with regulatory requirements on a timely basis or at all, significant fines or penalties could be incurred or we could have to curtail some aspects of our sales or operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We rely on our vendors to provide quality merchandise that complies with applicable product safety laws and other applicable laws, but they may not comply with their obligations to do so. Although our arrangements with our vendors frequently provide for indemnification for product liabilities, the vendors may fail to honor those obligations to an extent we consider sufficient or at all. Issues with the safety of merchandise or customer concerns about such issues, regardless of our fault, could cause damage to our reputation and could result in lost sales, uninsured product liability claims or losses, merchandise recalls and increased costs, and regulatory, civil or criminal fines or penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Union attempts to organize our employees could negatively affect our business.

Currently, none of our employees are represented by a union. However, if some or all of our workforce were to unionize and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from our current compensation

3233

Table of Contents

arrangements, it could increase our costs and adversely impact our profitability. Moreover, participation in labor unions could put us at increased risk of labor strikes and disruption of our operations. Responding to unionization attempts may distract management and our workforce. Any of these changes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Violations of or changes in laws, including employment laws and laws related to our merchandise, could make conducting our business more expensive or change the way we do business.

We are subject to numerous regulations, including labor and employment, customs, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, environmental and occupational safety requirements and zoning and occupancy laws and ordinances that regulate retailers generally, that govern the importation, promotion and sale of merchandise and/or that regulate the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. If these regulations were violated by our management, employees or suppliers, the costs of certain goods could increase, or we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our merchandise and hurt our business and results of operations.

Similarly, changes in laws could make operating our business more expensive or require us to change the way we do business. In addition, changes in product safety or other consumer protection laws could lead to increased costs for certain merchandise, or additional labor costs associated with readying merchandise for sale. It may be difficult for us to foresee regulatory changes impacting our business and our actions needed to respond to changes in the law could be costly and may negatively impact our operations.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could negatively impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

We have made strategic acquisitions in the past and may in the future consider strategic transactions and business arrangements, including, but not limited to, acquisitions, asset purchases, partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures and investments. The success of such a transaction is based on our ability to make accurate assumptions regarding the valuation, operations, growth potential, integration and other factors relating to the respective business. Acquisitions may result in difficulties in assimilating acquired companies and may result in the diversion of our capital and our management’s attention from other business issues and opportunities. We may be unable to successfully integrate operations that we acquire, including their personnel, financial systems, distribution, operations and general operating procedures. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near and long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could harm our operations and financial results.

Terrorism or civil unrest could negatively affect our business.

Terrorist attacks, threats of terrorist attacks or civil unrest involving public areas could cause people to avoid visiting some areas where our stores are located. Further, armed conflicts or acts of war throughout the world may create uncertainty, causing consumers to spend less on discretionary purchases, including on footwear, apparel and accessories, or disrupt our ability to obtain merchandise for our stores. Such decreases in consumer spending or disruptions in our ability to obtain merchandise would likely decrease our sales and materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

We have a significant amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Our goodwill balance as of March 28, 202027, 2021 was $197.5 million as a result of recent acquisitions. Our intangible asset balance as of March 28, 202027, 2021 was $61.0$60.9 million. We test goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. Long-lived assets are tested for impairment only if indicators of impairment exist, such as significant negative industry or general economic trends (including the impact of COVID-19). Goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets are considered to be impaired when the net book value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair

3334

Table of Contents

value. An impairment of a significant portion of our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related To Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price and trading volume of our common stock have been and may continue to be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

The market for specialty retail stocks can be highly volatile. Since our IPO in October 2014 through May 19, 2020,10, 2021, our common stock has traded as high as $48.11$75.65 and as low as $5.20. An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not be sustained, which could depress the trading price of our common stock or cause it to be highly volatile or subject to wide fluctuations. The market price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate or may decline significantly in the future and you could lose all or part of your investment. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

variations in our quarterly or annual financial results and operating performance and the performance of our competitors;
publication of research reports or recommendations by securities or industry analysts about us, our competitors or our industry, or a lack of such securities analyst coverage;
our failure or our competitors’ failure to meet analysts’ projections or guidance;
downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;
our levels of same store sales;
sales or anticipated sales of large blocks of our common stock;
changes to our management team;
regulatory developments negatively affecting our industry;
changes in stock market valuations of our competitors;
the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;
the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;
the performance and successful integration of any new stores that we open or acquire;
actions by competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of new product offerings or significant acquisitions;
short selling of our common stock by investors;
limited “public float” in the hands of a small number of persons whose sales or lack of sales of our common stock could result in positive or negative pricing pressure on the market price for our common stock;

3435

Table of Contents

fluctuations in the stock markets generally and in the market for shares in the retail sector particularly; and
changes in general market and economic conditions, including as a result of the widespread impact of the COVID-19 outbreak.pandemic.

Further, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation, should it materialize, could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation. The threat or filing of class action litigation could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our corporate organizational documents and current credit facility and under Delaware law may delay, deter or prevent a takeover of us and the replacement or removal of our management, even if such a change of control would benefit our stockholders.

The anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, as well as the provisions contained in our corporate organizational documents, may make an acquisition of us more difficult. For example:

our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision authorizing our board of directors to issue blank check preferred stock without stockholder approval, which, if issued, would increase the number of outstanding shares of our capital stock and make it more difficult for a stockholder to acquire us;
our amended and restated bylaws provide that director vacancies and newly created directorships can only be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office;
our amended and restated bylaws require advance notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations;
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors may adopt, amend, add to, modify or repeal our amended and restated bylaws without stockholder approval;
our amended and restated bylaws do not permit our stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting unless that action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by our board of directors or requires the approval only of certain classes or series of our stock;
our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a requirement that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, certain proceedings against or involving us or our directors, officers or employees must be brought exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum;
our amended and restated bylaws do not permit our stockholders to call special meetings; and
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, may prevent any stockholder or group of stockholders owning at least 15% of our common stock from completing a merger or acquisition of us.

Our debt instruments also contain provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult or less attractive for a third party to acquire control of us. Our current credit facility provides that a change of control constitutes an event of default under such credit facility and would permit the lenders to declare the indebtedness incurred thereunder to be immediately due and payable. Our future credit facilities may contain similar provisions. The need to repay all such indebtedness may deter potential third parties from acquiring us.

3536

Table of Contents

Under these various provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and current credit facility, a takeover attempt or third-party acquisition of us, including a takeover attempt that may result in a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock, could be delayed, deterred or prevented. In addition, these provisions may prevent the market price of our common stock from increasing in response to actual or rumored takeover attempts and may also prevent changes in our management. As a result, these anti-takeover and change of control provisions may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research and reports or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research and reports about our business, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If securities or industry analyst coverage of one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause the price of our common stock and trading volume to decline.

We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock, which may make our common stock less desirable to investors and decrease its value.

We intend to retain all of our available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, legal requirements and restrictions that may be imposed by the terms of our current credit facility and in any future financing instruments. Therefore, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price increases above the price at which you purchased it, which may never occur.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our Store Support Center, e-commerce operations and distribution centers are located in California and Kansas. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, our Store Support Center is located in Irvine, California, where we currently occupy an 84,580 square foot building. The existing lease will expire August 31, 2022, and contains an option to renew for five years beyond the current lease term.

Our distribution center, located in Fontana, California, is 199,245 square feet and is part of a larger building totaling 398,471 square feet. Our existing lease expires February 28, 2021, and contains two options to renew, each for an additional period of five years. During fiscal 2020,2021, we expanded our Fontana, California distribution center by acquiring the remaining 199,226 square feet of the building, increasing our overall square footage to 398,471. We simultaneously subleased 112,390 square feetOur existing lease expires May 31, 2026, and contains one option to the tenant currently occupying the space. The new sublease expires coterminous with our original lease.renew, for an additional period of five years. This location holds inventory to support our private brand initiatives, bulk purchasing programs, event sales, and new store openings.

In Wichita, Kansas, we lease a 90,000133,428 square foot distribution center to support our e-commerce business and 30,000 square feet of office space. This lease expires JulyAugust 31, 20272035 and contains four additional options to renew, each for a period of five years.During fiscal 2020, we amended the Wichita, Kansas We also lease extending the lease through an estimated date of September 1, 2035. The amendment retains the four options to renew, each for a period of five years, and allows for the expansion of the existing building and construction of an additional 43,248 square feet of distribution center space. During fiscal 2019 we entered an additional leasefreestanding building in Wichita, Kansas, for one building totaling 21,275 square feet. The

36

Table of Contents

building is being used as office and distribution center space to support our e-commerce business. The lease expires September 30, 2023 and does not contain an option to renew.

Most of our stores are occupied under operating leases. The store leases generally have a base lease term of five or 10 years, with one or more renewal periods of five years, on average, exercisable at our option. Of the store leases that will reach their termination date during fiscal 2021, twenty-five2022, twenty-one of those leases do not contain an option to automatically

37

Table of Contents

extend the lease term. We are generally responsible for the payment of property taxes and insurance, utilities and common area maintenance fees.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved, from time to time, in litigation that is incidental to our business. We have reviewed these matters to determine if reserves are required for losses that are probable and reasonable to estimate in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies. We evaluate such reserves, if any, based upon several criteria, including the merits of each claim, settlement discussions and advice from outside legal counsel, as well as indemnification of amounts expended by our insurers or others, if any.

On May 8, 2019, Sheplers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was named as defendant in a class-action complaint filed in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles. Among other things, the complaint generally alleges deceptive pricing on merchandise sold in Sheplers’ e-commerce site. The estimated cost of the matter has been accrued as of March 28, 2020.27, 2021.

During the normal course of our business, we have made certain indemnifications and commitments under which we may be required to make payments for certain transactions. These indemnifications include those given to various lessors in connection with facility leases for certain claims arising from such facility leases, and indemnifications to our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. The majority of these indemnifications and commitments do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make, and their duration may be indefinite. We have not recorded any liability for these indemnifications and commitments in the consolidated balance sheets as the impact is expected to be immaterial.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

3738

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BOOT” since October 30, 2014, the day after our initial public offering. As of May 19, 2020,10, 2021, we had 2 stockholders of record. The number of stockholders of record is based upon the actual number of stockholders registered at such date and does not include holders of shares in “street names” or persons, partnerships, associations, corporations or other entities identified in security position listings maintained by depositories.

Dividends

OurSince our common stock began trading, on October 30, 2014, following our initial public offering. Since that time, we have not declared any cash dividends, and we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on dividends.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 20202021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended March 28, 202027, 2021 (the “2020“2021 Proxy Statement”).

Stock Performance Graph

The graph set forth below compares the cumulative stockholder return on our common stock between October 30, 2014 (the day after our initial public offering)March 26, 2016 and March 28, 202027, 2021 to the cumulative return of (i) the NYSE Composite Total Return index and (ii) an index of peer and comparable companies as determined by the Company (“Peer Group”). The companies currently comprising the Peer Group are: The Buckle, Inc.; Caleres, Inc.; DBI, Inc. (formerly DSW, Inc.); Foot Locker, Inc.; Genesco, Inc.; Tractor Supply Co.; Wolverine World Wide, Inc.; and Zumiez, Inc. Cabela’s Inc. and Finish Line, Inc. which had previously been part of the Peer Group, were acquired in 2017 and 2018, respectively, and are no longer public companies. As a result, Cabela’s Inc. and Finish Line, Inc. have been removed from the Peer Group Index and Stock Performance Graph beginning in the fiscal 20182019 and fiscal 20192020 periods presented, respectively. This graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on October 30, 2014 in our common stock, the NYSE Composite Total Return index and the Peer Group, and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The graph also assumes that the initial price of our common stock, the NYSE composite Total Return index and the Peer Group on October 30, 2014 were the closing prices on that trading day.

3839

Table of Contents

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return

Assumes Initial Investment of $100

March 20152016 - March 20202021

A screenshot of a cell phone

Description automatically generatedGraphic

Cumulative Total Return

    

March 28,

    

March 26,

 

April 1,

March 31,

March 30,

March 28,

    

March 26,

 

April 1,

March 31,

March 30,

March 28,

March 27,

2015

2016

 

2017

2018

2019

2020

2016

 

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.

 

133.01

 

53.52

56.68

101.60

168.71

76.62

 

53.52

56.68

101.60

168.71

76.62

362.75

NYSE Composite—Total Return

 

102.80

 

97.53

114.09

126.75

132.51

109.07

 

97.53

114.09

126.75

132.51

109.07

171.84

Peer Group

 

115.14

 

109.27

109.84

100.19

135.57

95.40

 

109.27

109.84

100.19

135.57

95.40

225.54

Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables present our selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020, and March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, and March 30, 201928, 2020 from the audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 30, 2019, March, 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, and March 26, 2016, and the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, and March 26, 2016, are derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included elsewhere in this report. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

3940

Table of Contents

You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this report.

Fiscal Year Ended(1)

  

  

  

  

(in thousands, except per share and

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

April 1,

March 26,

selected store data)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

Net sales

$

845,575

$

776,854

$

677,949

$

629,816

$

569,020

Cost of goods sold

 

569,084

 

525,420

 

470,034

 

439,930

 

396,317

Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

(500)

Total cost of goods sold

 

569,084

 

525,420

 

470,034

 

439,930

 

395,817

Gross profit

 

276,491

 

251,434

 

207,915

 

189,886

 

173,203

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

202,823

 

187,112

 

161,660

 

152,068

 

142,078

Acquisition-related expenses(2)

 

 

 

 

 

891

Total operating expenses

 

202,823

 

187,112

 

161,660

 

152,068

 

142,969

Income from operations

 

73,668

 

64,322

 

46,255

 

37,818

 

30,234

Interest expense, net

 

13,310

 

16,331

 

15,076

 

14,699

 

12,923

Other (loss)/income, net

 

(45)

 

5

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

60,313

 

47,996

 

31,179

 

23,119

 

17,311

Income tax expense

 

12,364

 

8,974

 

2,300

 

8,922

 

7,443

Net income

$

47,949

$

39,022

$

28,879

$

14,197

$

9,868

Net income per share:

Basic shares

$

1.68

$

1.39

$

1.08

$

0.54

$

0.38

Diluted shares

$

1.64

$

1.35

$

1.05

$

0.53

$

0.37

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic shares

 

28,583

 

28,092

 

26,744

 

26,459

 

26,170

Diluted shares

 

29,220

 

28,813

 

27,528

 

26,939

 

26,955

Other Financial Data (unaudited):

EBITDA(3)

$

95,006

$

83,229

$

63,383

$

54,528

$

44,250

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

$

100,550

$

87,323

$

66,030

$

59,167

$

59,554

Adjusted EBIT(3)

$

79,167

$

68,421

$

48,902

$

42,457

$

45,538

Capital expenditures

$

37,195

$

27,525

$

24,418

$

22,293

$

36,127

Selected Store Data (unaudited):

Same Store Sales growth/(decline)

 

5.0

%  

 

10.0

%  

 

5.2

%  

 

0.3

%  

 

(0.1)

%  

Stores operating at end of period

 

259

 

240

 

226

 

219

 

208

Total retail store square footage, end of period (in thousands)

 

2,722

 

2,539

 

2,377

 

2,297

 

2,207

Average store square footage, end of period

 

10,508

 

10,580

 

10,517

 

10,486

 

10,609

Average net sales per store (in thousands)(4)

$

2,684

$

2,646

$

2,438

$

2,330

$

2,312

40

Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended(1)

  

  

  

  

(in thousands, except per share and

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

April 1,

selected store data)

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

Net sales

$

893,491

$

845,575

$

776,854

$

677,949

$

629,816

Cost of goods sold

 

598,612

 

569,084

 

525,420

 

470,034

 

439,930

Gross profit

 

294,879

 

276,491

 

251,434

 

207,915

 

189,886

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

208,553

 

202,823

 

187,112

 

161,660

 

152,068

Income from operations

 

86,326

 

73,668

 

64,322

 

46,255

 

37,818

Interest expense

 

9,442

 

13,310

 

16,331

 

15,076

 

14,699

Other income/(loss), net

 

366

 

(45)

 

5

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

77,250

 

60,313

 

47,996

 

31,179

 

23,119

Income tax expense

 

17,864

 

12,364

 

8,974

 

2,300

 

8,922

Net income

$

59,386

$

47,949

$

39,022

$

28,879

$

14,197

Net income per share:

Basic shares

$

2.05

$

1.68

$

1.39

$

1.08

$

0.54

Diluted shares

$

2.01

$

1.64

$

1.35

$

1.05

$

0.53

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic shares

 

28,930

 

28,583

 

28,092

 

26,744

 

26,459

Diluted shares

 

29,477

 

29,220

 

28,813

 

27,528

 

26,939

Other Financial Data (unaudited):

EBITDA(2)

$

110,840

$

95,006

$

83,229

$

63,383

$

54,528

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

$

119,276

$

100,550

$

87,323

$

66,030

$

59,167

Adjusted EBIT(2)

$

95,128

$

79,167

$

68,421

$

48,902

$

42,457

Capital expenditures

$

28,424

$

37,195

$

27,525

$

24,418

$

22,293

Selected Store Data (unaudited):

Same Store Sales growth

 

3.1

%  

 

5.0

%  

 

10.0

%  

 

5.2

%  

 

0.3

%  

Stores operating at end of period

 

273

 

259

 

240

 

226

 

219

Total retail store square footage, end of period (in thousands)

 

2,854

 

2,722

 

2,539

 

2,377

 

2,297

Average store square footage, end of period

 

10,455

 

10,508

 

10,580

 

10,517

 

10,486

Average net sales per store (in thousands)(3)

$

2,602

$

2,684

$

2,646

$

2,438

$

2,330

    

March 28,

    

March 30,

    

March 31,

April 1,

March 26,

    

March 27,

    

March 28,

    

March 30,

March 31,

April 1,

(in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

Cash and cash equivalents

$

69,563

$

16,614

$

9,016

$

8,035

$

7,195

$

73,148

$

69,563

$

16,614

$

9,016

$

8,035

Working capital(5)(4)

 

132,363

 

108,786

 

102,119

102,803

93,575

 

79,652

 

132,363

 

108,786

102,119

102,803

Total assets

 

924,711

 

636,075

 

587,941

565,581

539,326

 

933,581

 

924,711

 

636,075

587,941

565,581

Total debt, net

 

238,922

 

174,264

 

204,206

225,853

242,429

 

109,781

 

238,922

 

174,264

204,206

225,853

Stockholders’ equity

 

321,693

 

264,164

 

214,606

179,909

161,490

 

394,891

 

321,693

 

264,164

214,606

179,909

(1)We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter

41

Table of Contents

includes thirteen weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include thirteen weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes fourteen weeks of operations. The data presented contains references to fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016,2017, which represent our fiscal years ended March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, and March 26, 2016, respectively. Fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019 2018, and 2016,2018, were each 52-week periods, and fiscal 2017 was a 53-week period. The data includes the activity of Sheplers from June 2015, its date of acquisition.
(2)Represents costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of Sheplers.
(3)EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income adjusted to exclude income tax expense, net interest expense and depreciation and intangible asset amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted to exclude certain non-cash expenses, such as stock-based compensation and the non-cash accrual for future award redemptions, and other costs and expenses that are not directly related to our operations, including acquisition-related expenses, acquisition-related integration costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs, store impairment charges, gaingain/(loss) on adjustment of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities and secondary offering costs. Similar to Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT excludes the aforementioned adjustments while maintaining the impact of depreciation and amortization on our financial results. We include EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT in this report because they are important financial measures used by our management, board of directors and lenders to assess our operating performance. See “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business—EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT” for more information about management’s use of these measures and why we consider them to be important. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Given that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are measures not deemed to be in accordance with GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations, our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, including companies in our industry, because other companies may calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT in a different manner than we calculate these measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT to our net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:

4142

Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended(1)

Fiscal Year Ended(1)

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

April 1,

March 26,

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

April 1,

(in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

EBITDA Reconciliation (Unaudited):

Net income

$

47,949

$

39,022

$

28,879

$

14,197

$

9,868

$

59,386

$

47,949

$

39,022

$

28,879

$

14,197

Income tax expense

 

12,364

 

8,974

 

2,300

 

8,922

 

7,443

 

17,864

 

12,364

 

8,974

 

2,300

 

8,922

Interest expense, net

 

13,310

 

16,331

 

15,076

 

14,699

 

12,923

Interest expense

 

9,442

 

13,310

 

16,331

 

15,076

 

14,699

Depreciation and intangible asset amortization

 

21,383

 

18,902

 

17,128

 

16,710

 

14,016

 

24,148

 

21,383

 

18,902

 

17,128

 

16,710

EBITDA

 

95,006

 

83,229

 

63,383

 

54,528

 

44,250

 

110,840

 

95,006

 

83,229

 

63,383

 

54,528

Non-cash stock-based compensation(a)

 

4,908

 

2,873

 

2,248

 

3,023

 

2,881

 

7,158

 

4,908

 

2,873

 

2,248

 

3,023

Non-cash accrual for future award redemptions(b)

 

214

 

567

 

(230)

 

85

 

4

 

512

 

214

 

567

 

(230)

 

85

Acquisition-related expenses(c)

 

 

 

 

 

891

Acquisition-related integration costs(d)

 

 

 

 

 

10,338

Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment(e)

 

 

 

 

 

(500)

Loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs(f)

 

417

 

23

 

252

 

367

 

1,373

Gain on adjustment of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities(g)

(186)

Store impairment charge(h)

191

455

83

1,164

Secondary offering costs(i)

 

 

176

 

294

 

 

317

Loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs(c)

 

87

 

417

 

23

 

252

 

367

Gain/(loss) on adjustment of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities(d)

295

(186)

Store impairment charge(e)

384

191

455

83

1,164

Secondary offering costs(f)

 

 

 

176

 

294

 

Adjusted EBITDA

$

100,550

$

87,323

$

66,030

$

59,167

$

59,554

$

119,276

$

100,550

$

87,323

$

66,030

$

59,167

Depreciation and intangible asset amortization

 

(21,383)

 

(18,902)

 

(17,128)

 

(16,710)

 

(14,016)

 

(24,148)

 

(21,383)

 

(18,902)

 

(17,128)

 

(16,710)

Adjusted EBIT

$

79,167

$

68,421

$

48,902

$

42,457

$

45,538

$

95,128

$

79,167

$

68,421

$

48,902

$

42,457

(a)Represents non-cash compensation expenses related to stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance share units granted to certain of our employees and directors.
(b)Represents the non-cash accrual for future award redemptions in connection with our customer loyalty program.
(c)Includes direct costs and fees related to the acquisition of Sheplers, which we acquired in June 2015.
(d)Represents certain store integration, remerchandising, inventory obsolescence and corporate consolidation costs incurred in connection with the integration of Sheplers, which we acquired in June 2015. Fiscal 2016 includes an adjustment to normalize the gross margin impact of sales of discontinued inventory from Sheplers, which was sold at a discount or written off. The adjustment assumes such inventory was sold at Sheplers’ normalized margin rate.
(e)Represents the amortization of purchase-accounting adjustments that adjusted the value of Sheplers inventory acquired to its fair value.
(f)Represents loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs from store closures and unused office and warehouse space.
(g)(d)Represents gaingain/(loss) on adjustment of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
(h)(e)Represents store impairment charges recorded in order to reduce the carrying amount of the assets to their estimated fair values.
(i)(f)Represents professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with secondary offerings conducted in January 2018 and May 2018 and a Form S-1 Registration Statement filed in July 2015 and withdrawn in November 2015.2018.
(4)(3)Average net sales per store is calculated by dividing net sales for the applicable period by the number of stores

42

Table of Contents

operating at the end of the period. For the purpose of calculating net sales per store, e-commerce sales and certain other revenues are excluded from net sales.
(5)(4)Working capital is calculated as current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, minus current liabilities, excluding the current portion of debt under our credit facilities.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this annual report, as well as the information presented under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”. The statements in the following discussion and analysis regarding expectations about our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and any other non-historical statements in this discussion and analysis are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements”

43

Table of Contents

elsewhere in this annual report. Our actual results could differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are the largest lifestyle retail chain devoted to western and work-related footwear, apparel and accessories in the U.S. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, we operated 259273 stores in 3536 states, as well as an e-commerce channel, consisting primarily of bootbarn.com, sheplers.com and countryoutfitter.com. Our stores feature a comprehensive assortment of brands and styles, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. Our product offering is anchored by an extensive selection of western and work boots and is complemented by a wide assortment of coordinating apparel and accessories. Many of the items that we offer are basics or necessities for our customers’ daily lives and typically represent enduring styles that are not meaningfully impacted by changing fashion trends.

We strive to offer an authentic, one-stop shopping experience that fulfills the everyday lifestyle needs of our customers, and as a result, many of our customers make purchases in both the western and work wear sections of our stores. We target a broad and growing demographic, ranging from passionate western and country enthusiasts, to workers seeking dependable, high-quality footwear and clothing. Our broad geographic footprint, which comprises more than three times as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, provides us with significant economies of scale, enhanced supplier relationships, the ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates and the ability to reinvest in our business at levels that we believe exceed those of our competition.

For a discussion of factors that affect the comparability of our results of operations, see “Item 1—Business—Recent Acquisitions.”

Growth Strategies and Outlook

Over the long-term we plan to continue to expand our business, increase our sales growth and profitability and enhance our competitive position by executing the following strategies:

continuing omni-channel leadership;
driving same store sales growth;
building our private brand portfolio;
expanding our store base;
enhancing brand awareness; and
43
increasing profitability.

Since the founding of Boot Barn in 1978, we have grown both organically and through successful strategic acquisitions of competing chains. We have rebranded and remerchandised the acquired chains under the Boot Barn banner, resulting in sales increases over their original concepts. We believe that our business model and scale provide us with competitive advantages that have contributed to our consistent financial performance, generating sufficient cash flow to support national growth.

The major global health pandemic caused by COVID-19 and resulting economic impacts have had and will continue to have an impact on our operations, future growth strategies and outlook. Our business and opportunities for growth depend on consumer discretionary spending, and as such, our results are particularly sensitive to economic conditions and consumer confidence. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our operations will depend on future developments, which are highlyremain uncertain. For further discussion of the uncertainties and business risks associated with COVID-19, see Item 1A, Risk Factors. For further discussion

44

Table of the measures the Company has taken as a result of COVID-19, see Item 1, Business, “Recent Developments.”Contents

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key indicators we use to evaluate the financial condition and operating performance of our business are net sales and gross profit. In addition, we also review other important metrics, such as same store sales, new store openings, selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT. See “Item 6, Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for our definition of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT, and for a reconciliation of our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. See “EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT” below for further discussion of why we present EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT.

Net sales

Net sales reflect revenue from the sale of our merchandise at retail locations, as well as sales of merchandise through our e-commerce websites. We recognize revenue upon the purchase of merchandise by customers at our stores and upon delivery of the product in the case of our e-commerce websites. Net sales also include shipping and handling fees for e-commerce shipments that have been delivered to our customers. Net sales are net of returns on sales during the period as well as an estimate of returns and award redemptions expected in the future stemming from current period sales. Revenue from the sale of gift cards is deferred until the gift cards are used to purchase merchandise.

Our business is moderately seasonal and as a result our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. In addition, our revenues in any given quarter can be affected by a number of factors including the timing of holidays and weather patterns. The third quarter of our fiscal year, which includes the Christmas shopping season, has historically produced higher sales and disproportionately higher operating results than the other quarters of our fiscal year. In fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 we generated approximately 34%, 33%34% and 33% of our net sales during our third fiscal quarter, respectively. In addition, neither the western nor the work component of our business has been meaningfully impacted by fashion trends or seasonality historically. We believe that many of our customers are driven primarily by utility and brand, and our best-selling styles.

Same store sales

The term “same store sales” generally refers to net sales from stores that have been open at least 13 full fiscal months as of the end of the current reporting period, although we include or exclude stores from our calculation of same store sales in accordance with the following additional criteria:

stores that are closed for five or fewer consecutive days in any fiscal month are included in same store sales;
44
stores that are closed temporarily, but for more than five consecutive days in any fiscal month, are excluded from same store sales beginning in the fiscal month in which the temporary closure begins (and for the comparable periods of the prior or subsequent fiscal periods for comparative purposes); until the first full month of operation once the store re-opens;
stores that are closed temporarily and relocated within their respective trade areas are included in same store sales;
stores that are permanently closed are excluded from same store sales beginning in the month preceding closure (and for the comparable periods of the prior or subsequent fiscal periods for comparative purposes); and
acquired stores are added to same store sales beginning on the later of (a) the applicable acquisition date and (b) the first day of the first fiscal month after the store has been open for at least 13 full fiscal months regardless of whether the store has been operated under our management or predecessor management.

45

Table of Contents

If the criteria described with respect to acquired stores above are met, then all net sales of an acquired store, excluding those net sales before our acquisition of that store, are included for the period presented. However, when an acquired store is included for the period presented, the net sales of such acquired store for periods before its acquisition are included (to the extent relevant) for purposes of calculating “same stores sales growth” and illustrating the comparison between the applicable periods. Pre-acquisition net sales numbers are derived from the books and records of the acquired company, as prepared prior to the acquisition, and have not been independently verified by us. Beginning on their respective dates of acquisition, sales from the acquired Wood’s Boots stores, Lone Star stores, Drysdales stores and G.&L. Clothing store have been included in same store sales.

In addition to retail store sales, same store sales also includes e-commerce sales, e-commerce shipping and handling revenue and actual retail store or e-commerce sales returns. We exclude gift card escheatment, provision for sales returns and future loyalty award redemptions from sales in our calculation of net sales per store. Sales as a result of an e-commerce asset acquisition, such as Country Outfitter, are excluded from same store sales until the 13th full fiscal month subsequent to the Company’s acquisition of such assets.

Measuring the change in year-over-year same store sales allows us to evaluate how our store base is performing. Numerous factors affect our same store sales, including:

national and regional economic trends;
our ability to identify and respond effectively to regional consumer preferences;
changes in our product mix;
changes in pricing;
competition;
changes in the timing of promotional and advertising efforts;
holidays or seasonal periods; and
weather.

Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy. We opened or acquired 15, 20, 17, and 917 stores in fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018.2019. Included in these added stores are 15, 19, 12, and 512 new stores in fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, and 2018,0, 1, and 1, 5 and 4 acquired stores in fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018,2019, respectively. We also closed one store, one store, and three stores, and

45

Table of Contents

two stores in fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018,2019, respectively. We anticipate that a percentage of our net sales in the near future will come from stores not included in our same store sales calculation. Accordingly, same store sales are only one measure we use to assess the success of our business and growth strategy. Some of our competitors and other retailers may calculate “same” or “comparable” store sales differently than we do. As a result, data in this annual report regarding our same store sales may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.

New store openings

New store openings reflect the number of stores, excluding acquired stores, that are opened during a particular reporting period. In connection with opening new stores, we incur pre-opening costs. Pre-opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other pre-opening costs are included in SG&A expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.

46

Table of Contents

New stores often open with a period of high sales levels, which subsequently decrease to normalized sales volumes. In addition, we experience typical inefficiencies in the form of higher labor, advertising and other direct operating expenses, and as a result, store-level profit margins at our new stores are generally lower during the start-up period of operation. The number and timing of store openings have had, and are expected to continue to have, a significant impact on our results of operations. In assessing the performance of a new store, we review its actual sales against the sales that we projected that store to achieve at the time we initially approved its opening. We also review the actual number of stores opened in a fiscal year against the number of store openings that we included in our budget at the beginning of that fiscal year.

Gross profit

Gross profit is equal to our net sales less our cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrinkage provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent, depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy-related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel, and other inventory acquisition-related costs. These costs are significant and can be expected to continue to increase as we grow. The components of our reported cost of goods sold may not be comparable to those of other retail companies, including our competitors.

Our gross profit generally follows changes in net sales. We regularly analyze the components of gross profit, as well as gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Specifically, we examine the initial markup on purchases, markdowns and reserves, shrinkage, buying costs, distribution costs and occupancy costs. Any inability to obtain acceptable levels of initial markups, or a significant increase in our use of markdowns or in inventory shrinkage, or a significant increase in freight and other inventory acquisition costs could have an adverse impact on our gross profit and results of operations.

Gross profit is also impacted by shifts in the proportion of sales of our private brand products compared to third-party brand products, as well as by sales mix shifts within and between brands and between major product categories such as footwear, apparel or accessories.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Our selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses are composed of labor and related expenses, other operating expenses, and general and administrative expenses not included in cost of goods sold. Specifically, our SG&A expenses include the following:

Labor and related expenses—Labor and related expenses include all store-level salaries and hourly labor costs, including salaries, wages, benefits and performance incentives, labor taxes and other indirect labor costs.
46
Other operating expenses—Other operating expenses include all operating costs, including those for advertising, pay-per-click, marketing campaigns, operating supplies, utilities, and repairs and maintenance, as well as credit card fees and costs of third-party services.
General and administrative expenses—General and administrative expenses comprise expenses associated with corporate and administrative functions that support the development and operations of our stores, including compensation and benefits, travel expenses, corporate occupancy costs, stock compensation costs, legal and professional fees, insurance and other related corporate costs.

The components of our SG&A expenses may not be comparable to those of our competitors and other retailers. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods as a result of incremental share-based compensation, legal, accounting and other compliance-related expenses and increases resulting from growth in the number of our stores.

47

Table of Contents

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are important financial measures used by our management, board of directors and lenders to assess our operating performance. We use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT as key performance measures because we believe that they facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences primarily caused by the impact of variations from period to period in tax positions, interest expense and depreciation and amortization, as well as, in the case of Adjusted EBITDA, excluding certain non-cash expenses, such as stock-based compensation and the non-cash accrual for future award redemptions, and other costs and expenses that are not directly related to our operations, including acquisition-related expenses, acquisition-related integration costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs, store impairment charges, gaingain/(loss) on adjustment of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, and secondary offering costs. Similar to Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT excludes the aforementioned adjustments while maintaining the impact of depreciation and amortization on our financial results. See “Item 6, Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation of our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Because EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we also use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT for business planning purposes, in calculating covenant compliance for our credit facilities, in determining incentive compensation for members of our management and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt-service capabilities. Given that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are measures not deemed to be in accordance with GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations, our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, including companies in our industry, because other companies may calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT in a different manner than we calculate these measures.

Fiscal Year

We operate on a fiscal calendar which results in a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes thirteen weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include thirteen weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes fourteen weeks of operations. For ease of reference, we identify our fiscal years by reference to the calendar year in which the fiscal year ends.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, both in dollars and as a percentage of our net sales. The following discussion contains references to fiscal 2020,2021, fiscal 2019,2020, and

4748

Table of Contents

fiscal 2018,2019, which represent our fiscal years ended March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020 and March 30, 20192019. Fiscal 2021, 2020 and March 31, 2018. Fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 were all 52-week periods.

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

March 28,

    

March 30,

    

March 31,

 

March 27,

    

March 28,

    

March 30,

 

(dollars in thousands)

    

2020

2019

2018

 

    

2021

2020

2019

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

Net sales

$

845,575

$

776,854

$

677,949

$

893,491

$

845,575

$

776,854

Cost of goods sold

 

569,084

 

525,420

 

470,034

 

598,612

 

569,084

 

525,420

Gross profit

 

276,491

 

251,434

 

207,915

 

294,879

 

276,491

 

251,434

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

202,823

 

187,112

 

161,660

 

208,553

 

202,823

 

187,112

Income from operations

 

73,668

 

64,322

 

46,255

 

86,326

 

73,668

 

64,322

Interest expense, net

 

13,310

 

16,331

 

15,076

Other (loss)/income, net

(45)

5

Interest expense

 

9,442

 

13,310

 

16,331

Other income/(loss), net

366

(45)

5

Income before income taxes

 

60,313

 

47,996

 

31,179

 

77,250

 

60,313

 

47,996

Income tax expense

 

12,364

 

8,974

 

2,300

 

17,864

 

12,364

 

8,974

Net income

$

47,949

$

39,022

$

28,879

$

59,386

$

47,949

$

39,022

Percentage of Net Sales(1):

Net sales

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

Cost of goods sold

 

67.3

%  

 

67.6

%  

 

69.3

%  

 

67.0

%  

 

67.3

%  

 

67.6

%  

Gross profit

 

32.7

%  

 

32.4

%  

 

30.7

%  

 

33.0

%  

 

32.7

%  

 

32.4

%  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

24.0

%  

 

24.1

%  

 

23.8

%  

 

23.3

%  

 

24.0

%  

 

24.1

%  

Income from operations

 

8.7

%  

 

8.3

%  

 

6.8

%  

 

9.7

%  

 

8.7

%  

 

8.3

%  

Interest expense, net

 

1.6

%  

 

2.1

%  

 

2.2

%  

Other (loss)/income, net

%  

%  

%  

Interest expense

 

1.1

%  

 

1.6

%  

 

2.1

%  

Other income/(loss), net

%  

%  

%  

Income before income taxes

 

7.1

%  

 

6.2

%  

 

4.6

%  

 

8.6

%  

 

7.1

%  

 

6.2

%  

Income tax expense

 

1.5

%  

 

1.2

%  

 

0.3

%  

 

2.0

%  

 

1.5

%  

 

1.2

%  

Net income

 

5.7

%  

 

5.0

%  

 

4.3

%  

 

6.6

%  

 

5.7

%  

 

5.0

%  

(1)Percentages may not total 100% due to rounding.

Fiscal 20202021 compared to Fiscal 20192020

Net sales. Net sales in fiscal 20202021 increased by $68.7$47.9 million, or 8.8%5.7%, to $893.5 million compared to $845.6 million compared to $776.9 million in fiscal 2019.2020. Consolidated same store sales increased 5.0%3.1%. Excluding the impact of the 7.4%23.6% increase in e-commerce same store sales, same store sales increaseddecreased by 4.5%1.1%. The decrease in retail store sales was primarily due to decreased traffic in our stores in the first half of our fiscal year that resulted from customers staying at home in response to the COVID-19 crisis and temporary store closures. Net sales increased primarily due to incremental sales from new stores opened over the past twelve months and the increase in same store sales during fiscal 2020 and sales from stores added over the past twelve months, partially offset by the significant decline in net sales in the final three weeks of fiscal 2020 due to the COVID-19 health crisis.2021.

Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $25.1$18.4 million, or 10.0%6.7%, to $294.9 million in fiscal 2021 from $276.5 million in fiscal 2020 from $251.4 million in fiscal 2019.2020. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 32.7%33.0% and 32.4%32.7% for fiscal 20202021 and fiscal 2019,2020, respectively. Gross profit increased primarily due to increasedhigher sales and an increase in merchandise margin rate. As a percentage of net sales, consolidated gross profit increased primarily increased as a result of a 90 basis point increase in merchandise margin rate, partially offset by 60 basis points of deleverage in buying and occupancy costs. The higher merchandise margin was driven primarily by growth inbetter full-price selling, lower shrink and increased exclusive brand penetration and more full-price selling. The deleverage in buying and occupancy costs was primarily driven by the addition of personnel in our product design and development team.penetration.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses increased by $15.7$5.7 million, or 8.4%2.8%, to $208.6 million in fiscal 2021 from $202.8 million in fiscal 2020 from $187.1 million in fiscal 2019.2020. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 23.3% for fiscal 2021 compared to 24.0% for fiscal 2020 compared to 24.1% for fiscal 2019. Selling, general and administrative2020. SG&A expenses increased primarily as a result of additional costs to support higher salesstore labor and expenses for both new and acquired stores. Selling, general and

48

Table of Contents

administrativeincreased incentive-based compensation, partially offset by reduced marketing spend. SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased by 1070 basis points primarily as a result of expense leverage on higher sales.

49

Table of Contents

Income from operations. Income from operations increased by $9.3$12.7 million, or 14.5%17.2%, to $86.3 million for fiscal 2021 from $73.7 million for fiscal 2020 from $64.3 million for fiscal 2019.2020. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 8.7%9.7% and 8.3%8.7% for fiscal 20202021 and fiscal 2019,2020, respectively. The change in income from operations was attributable to the factors noted above.

Interest expense. Interest expense net, decreased by $3.0$3.9 million, or 18.5%29.1%, to $9.4 million in fiscal 2021 from $13.3 million in fiscal 2020 from $16.3 million in fiscal 2019.2020. The decrease in interest expense net was primarily the result of lower average interest rates associated with the debt as compared to fiscal 20192020 and a lower average debt balance during the current year.

Income tax expense.Income tax expense was $17.9 million in fiscal 2021 compared to $12.4 million in fiscal 2020 compared to $9.0 million in fiscal 2019.2020. Our effective tax rate was 20.5%23.1% and 18.7%20.5% for fiscal 20202021 and fiscal 2019,2020, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 20202021 is higher than fiscal 2019 2020 primarily due to an increase in the disallowed executive compensation deduction, the reversal in fiscal 2020 of a prior-year valuation allowance, and a higher state tax benefit due to income tax accounting for share-based compensationrate in fiscal 20192021 compared to a lower tax benefit in fiscal 2020.

Net income. Net income increased by $8.9$11.4 million, or 22.9%23.9%, to $59.4 million in fiscal 2021 from net income of $47.9 million in fiscal 2020 from net income of $39.0 million in fiscal 2019.2020. The change in net income was attributable to the factors noted above.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT. Adjusted EBITDA increased by $13.2$18.7 million, or 15.1%18.6%, to $119.3 million for fiscal 2021 from $100.6 million for fiscal 2020 from $87.3 million for fiscal 2019.2020. Adjusted EBIT increased by $10.7$16.0 million, or 15.7%20.2%, to $95.1 million for fiscal 2021 from $79.2 million for fiscal 2020 from $68.4 million for fiscal 2019.2020. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT was primarily a result of the year-over-year increase in income from operations driven by an increase in gross profit.

We have omitted discussion of our fiscal 20192020 results where it would be redundant of information previously disclosed. For a comparison of our fiscal 20192020 versus fiscal 20182019 results, please see the discussion previously included in Part II, Item 7 of our fiscal 20192020 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on May 24, 2019.22, 2020.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We rely on cash flows from operating activities and our credit facility as our primary sources of liquidity. Our primary cash needs are for inventories, operating expenses, occupancy expenses, capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and remodeling or refurbishing existing stores, improvements to our distribution facilities, marketing and information technology expenditures, debt service and taxes. We have also used cash for acquisitions, the subsequent rebranding and integration of the stores acquired in those acquisitions and costs to consolidate the corporate offices. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, the most significant components of our working capital are accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities. We believe that cash flows from operating activities and the availability of cash under our credit facilities or other financing arrangements will be sufficient to cover working capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and other anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months.

Our liquidity is moderately seasonal. Our cash requirements generally increase in our third fiscal quarter as we incur additional marketing expenses and increase our inventory in advance of the Christmas shopping season. Our cash flows from operations decreasedincreased in fiscal 2020,2021, primarily as a result of a $17.9$58.6 million increasedecrease in cash paid for inventories year-over-year and a $28.0$44.9 million decreaseincrease in cash provided by accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities in fiscal 20202021 compared to fiscal 2019,2020, due to the timing of payments.

As of the end of fiscal 2020,2021, we did not have any material capital expenditure commitments. As noted above under “Recent Developments” of Item 1. Business, we have taken several steps to enhance our liquidity position in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. In order to preserve cash and reduce near-term operating expenses, we have implemented pay cuts by the management team and board of directors, furloughed approximately 40% of our employees, decreased store labor costs, significantly reduced capital expenditures, delayed the opening of new stores, reduced future inventory commitments and drawn additional funds on our revolving line of credit in order to maintain higher cash on

49

Table of Contents

hand. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, we had a total of $241.4$111.5 million of debt outstanding, including $129.9 million outstandinga zero balance drawn on our $165.0 million revolving credit facility and $111.5 million under our term loan facility. We had $35.1$165.0 million of remaining availability under our revolving credit facility and $69.6$73.1 million of cash on hand as of March 28, 2020.27, 2021. Our primary ongoing sources of liquidity include funds provided by operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We expect our cash from operations will continue to be sufficient to support our operations and anticipated capital expenditures for the foreseeable future. We estimate that our capital expenditures in fiscal 20212022 will be between $10.0$33.0 million to $12.0$36.0 million, net of landlord tenant allowances, and we anticipate that we will use cash flows from operations to fund these expenditures.

50

Table of Contents

Current Credit Facility

June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and Golub Term Loan

On June 29, 2015, we, as guarantor, and our wholly-owned primary operating subsidiary, Boot Barn, Inc., refinanced a previous Wells Fargo credit facility with the $125 million syndicated senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility for which Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver”), is agent, and the $200 million syndicated senior secured term loan for which GCI Capital Markets LLC (“2015 Golub Term Loan”) is agent. The borrowing base of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is calculated on a monthly basis and is based on the amount of eligible credit card receivables, commercial accounts, inventory, and available reserves. Borrowings under the credit agreements were initially used to pay costs and expenses related to the Sheplers Acquisition and the closing of such credit agreements, and may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at our option, either (i) LIBOR plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans, or (ii) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Wells Fargo prime rate and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is calculated based on a pricing grid that in each case is linked to quarterly average excess availability. For LIBOR loans, the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.25%, and for base rate loans it ranges from 0.00% to 0.25%. We also pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum of the actual daily amount of the unutilized revolving loans. The interest on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver (the “2017 Wells Amendment”), increasing the aggregate revolving credit facility to $135.0 million and extending the maturity date to the earlier of May 26, 2022 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which was then scheduled to mature on June 29, 2021. On June 6, 2019, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement (the “2019 Wells Amendment”), further increasing the aggregate revolving credit facility to $165.0 million and extending the maturity date to the earlier of June 6, 2024 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2023. The 2019 Wells Amendment further made changes to the 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver in connection with the transition away from LIBOR as the benchmark rate. The amount outstanding under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020 was zero and March 30, 2019 was $129.9 million, respectively. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 27, 2021 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.5 million and zero, respectively.the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2021 was 1.6%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $3.1 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020 was 3.3%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.8 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was 3.4%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.9 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 2.5%.

Borrowings under the 2015 Golub Term Loan bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at our option, either (a) LIBOR plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, or (b) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the greater of (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate and (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (ii) the sum of one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%. The applicable margin is 4.5% for LIBOR loans and 3.5% for base rate loans. The principal and interest on the 2015 Golub Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date, which was originally June 29, 2021 but is now June 29, 2023. Quarterly principal payments of $500,000 are due for each quarter; however, on June 2, 2017, the Company prepaid $10.0 million on the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which included all of the required quarterly principal payments until the

50

Table of Contents

maturity date of the loan. On May 15, 2018, the Company made an additional $10.0 million prepayment on the 2015 Golub Term Loan. On June 6, 2019, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to the 2015 Golub Term Loan (the “2019 Golub Amendment”) which extended the maturity date to June 29, 2023. At the time of the Third Amendment, the company also prepaid $65.0 million of the term loan facility, reducing the outstanding principal balance to $111.5 million. The 2019 Golub Amendment further made changes to the 2015 Golub Term Loan in connection with the transition away from LIBOR as the benchmark rate. Subsequent to March 27, 2021, on April 26, 2021, the Company made a $41.5 million voluntary prepayment on the term loan facility, reducing the outstanding principal balance to $70.0 million. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 27, 2021 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $6.3 million and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2021 was 5.7%. Total interest expense

51

Table of Contents

incurred in the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $8.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020 was 6.8%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $12.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was 7.0%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 5.9%.

All obligations under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are unconditionally guaranteed by us and each of our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries) which are not named as borrowers under the 2015 Golub Term Loan or the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver, as applicable.

The priority with respect to collateral under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement among the lenders under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.

Each of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contains customary provisions relating to mandatory prepayments, restricted payments, voluntary payments, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default. In addition, the terms of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver require the Company to maintain, on a consolidated basis, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.00:1.00 during such times as a covenant trigger event shall exist. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2015 Golub Term Loan (the “2017 Golub Amendment”). The 2017 Golub Amendment changed the maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio requirements to 4.00:1.00 as of December 29, 2018 and for all subsequent periods. The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan also require the Company to pay additional interest of 2.0% per annum upon triggering certain specified events of default set forth therein. For financial accounting purposes, the requirement for the Company to pay a higher interest rate upon an event of default is an embedded derivative. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, the fair value of these embedded derivatives was estimated and was not significant.

As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, we were in compliance with the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan covenants.

Cash Position and Cash Flow

Cash and cash equivalents were $73.1 million as of March 27, 2021 compared to $69.6 million as of March 28, 2020 compared to $16.6 million as of March 30, 2019.2020.

The following table presents summary cash flow information for the periods indicated:

Fiscal Year Ended

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

March 28,

    

March 30,

    

March 31,

 

March 27,

    

March 28,

    

March 30,

 

2020

2019

2018

 

2021

2020

2019

 

(In thousands)

 

(In thousands)

 

Net cash provided by/(used in):

Operating activities

$

25,317

$

63,260

$

44,200

$

155,922

$

25,317

$

63,260

Investing activities

 

(40,166)

 

(31,765)

(23,553)

 

(28,424)

 

(40,166)

(31,765)

Financing activities

 

67,798

 

(23,897)

(19,666)

 

(123,913)

 

67,798

(23,897)

Net increase in cash

$

52,949

$

7,598

$

981

$

3,585

$

52,949

$

7,598

51

Table of Contents

Operating activities

Cash provided by operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items including depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation, plus the effect on cash of changes during the year in our assets and liabilities.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $155.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2021. The significant components of cash flows provided by operating activities were net income of $59.4 million, the add-back of

52

Table of Contents

non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $24.1 million, stock-based compensation expense of $7.2 million, and amortization of debt issuance fees and debt discount of $0.9 million.Inventories decreased $13.0 million as a result of a reduction in purchases due to the COVID-19 crisis. Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities increased by $37.4 million due to the timing of payments.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $25.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020. The significant components of cash flows provided by operating activities were net income of $47.9 million, the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $21.4 million, stock-based compensation expense of $4.9 million, and amortization of debt issuance fees and debt discount of $0.9 million. The above was partially offset by an increase in inventories of $45.6 million due to the growth of the company and other changes in working capital.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $63.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019. The significant components of cash flows provided by operating activities were net income of $39.0 million, the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $18.9 million, stock-based compensation expense of $2.9 million, and amortization and write-off of debt issuance fees and debt discount of $1.2 million. Other liabilities, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities increased by $23.8 million due to the timing of payments. The above was partially offset by an increase in inventories of $27.7 million due to the growth of the company and the purchase of Drysdales’ inventory.

Investing activities

Cash used in investing activities consists primarily of purchases of property and equipment but also includes funds used to effect business combinations and asset acquisitions made by the Company.

Net cash used in investing activities was $28.4 million for fiscal 2021, which was primarily attributable to capital expenditures related to store construction, improvements to our e-commerce information technology infrastructure, and improvements to our distribution facilities.

Net cash used in investing activities was $40.2 million for fiscal 2020, which was primarily attributable to $37.2 million in capital expenditures related to store construction, improvements to our e-commerce information technology infrastructure, and improvements to our distribution facilities and $3.7 million for the acquisition of G.&L. Clothing.

Net cash used in investing activities was $31.8 million for fiscal 2019, which was primarily attributable to $27.5 million in capital expenditures related to store construction, improvements to our e-commerce information technology infrastructure, and improvements to our distribution facilities and $4.4 million for the acquisition of Lone Star.

Financing activities

Cash used in financing activities consists primarily of repayments on our term loan and credit facility.

Net cash providedused in financing activities was $123.9 million for fiscal 2021. We reduced our line of credit borrowings by $129.9 million and repaid $0.7 million on our debt and capital lease obligations during the period. We also received $7.4 million from the exercise of stock options.

Net cash used in financing activities was $67.8 million for fiscal 2020. We increasedreduced our line of credit borrowings by $129.9 million and repaid $65.6 million on our debt and capital lease obligations during the period. We also received $5.2 million from the exercise of stock options.

Net cash used in financing activities was $23.9 million for fiscal 2019. We reduced our line of credit borrowings by $21.0 million and repaid $10.6 million on our debt and capital lease obligations during the period. We also received $8.1 million from the exercise of stock options.

Other obligations

Contractual obligations. We enter into long-term contractual obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily non-cancelable finance and operating leases.

52

Table of Contents

As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods are set forth below.

Payments Due by Period

Payments Due by Period

(In thousands)

Total

Less Than 1
Year

1 - 2
Years

3 - 5
Years

More Than
5 Years

Total

Less Than 1
Year

1 - 2
Years

3 - 5
Years

More Than
5 Years

Finance lease obligations

$

20,522

$

1,345

$

2,647

$

3,725

$

12,805

$

21,275

$

1,550

$

2,931

$

4,230

$

12,564

Operating lease obligations

223,136

44,354

72,374

66,107

40,301

247,621

48,559

81,553

77,482

40,027

Debt and line of credit

241,400

129,900

111,500

111,500

111,500

Interest expense on debt

29,197

9,197

18,394

1,606

14,623

6,545

8,078

Total

$

514,255

$

54,896

$

223,315

$

182,938

$

53,106

$

395,019

$

56,654

$

204,062

$

81,712

$

52,591

Finance lease obligations primarily relate to the acquisition of two retail stores, two office buildings, one distribution center facility and land as part of the Sheplers Acquisition. During fiscal 2020, we amended the lease,

53

Table of Contents

extending the lease expiration through fiscal 2036. The remaining finance lease obligations relate to property and equipment leases that expire at various dates through fiscal 2024.

We lease our stores, facilities and certain other equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. These operating leases expire at various dates through fiscal 2034, and contain various provisions for rental adjustments, including, in certain cases, adjustments based on increases in the Consumer Price Index. They also generally contain renewal provisions for varying periods. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we were to exercise these renewal provisions or if we were willing to enter into additional operating leases.

Debt consists of $111.5 million outstanding under our 2015 Golub Term Loan and $129.9 millionzero outstanding under our June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 28, 2020.27, 2021. Our 2015 Golub Term Loan provides for regularly scheduled principal payments that began on September 25, 2015. On June 2, 2017, the Company prepaid $10.0 million on the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which included all of the required quarterly principal payments until the maturity date of the loan. On May 15, 2018 and June 6, 2019, the Company made additional prepayments on the 2015 Golub Term Loan of $10.0 million and $65.0 million, respectively. Payments with respect to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are due the earlier of June 6, 2024 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2023.

Interest expense on debt consists of scheduled interest payments under our 2015 Golub Term Loan and June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver. The interest expense relating to our 2015 Golub Term Loan was calculated using a 5.77%5.5% interest rate applied to the term loan balance of $111.5 million as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and for each period thereafter. The interest rate used represents the interest rate on the 2015 Golub Term Loan on the last day of fiscal 2020. 2021.The interest expense relating to our June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was determined using an interest rate of 2.06% applied to the revolving line of credit balance of $129.9 million on March 28, 2020, the last day of the fiscal year. The interest rate used represents the weighted average interest rate on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver on the last day of fiscal 2020. Additional interest expense relating to our June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was determined using an interest rate of 0.25% applied to the unutilized portion of the $165.0 million revolving line of credit on March 28, 2020,27, 2021, the last day of the fiscal year.

Off-balance sheet arrangements. We are not a party to any off-balance sheet arrangements, except for purchase obligations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the appropriate application of certain accounting policies, some of which require us to make estimates and assumptions about future events and their impact on amounts reported in our financial statements. Since future events and their impact cannot be determined with absolute certainty, our actual results will inevitably differ from our estimates.

53

Table of Contents

We believe that the application of our accounting policies, and the estimates inherently required therein, are reasonable. Our accounting policies and estimates are re-evaluated on an ongoing basis and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change.

The policies and estimates discussed below involve the selection or application of alternative accounting policies that are material to our financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. However, our historical results for the periods presented in our financial statements have not been materially impacted by such variances. Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with our board of directors.

We have certain accounting policies that require more significant management judgment and estimates than others. These include our accounting policies with respect to revenue recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long-lived assets, leases, stock-based compensation and income taxes, which are more fully described below.

Revenue recognition

Sales are recognized at the time of purchase by customers at our retail store locations. Sales are recorded net of taxes collected from customers. Transfer of control takes place at the point at which the customer receives and pays for

54

Table of Contents

the merchandise at the register. For e-commerce sales, revenue is recognized when control transfers to the customer, which generally occurs upon delivery of the product. On average, customers receive goods within approximately five days of being ordered. The estimate of the transit times for these shipments is based on shipping terms and historical delivery times. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers for online sales are included in net sales and the related shipping and handling costs are classified as cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.

We reserve for projected merchandise returns based upon historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Customers can return merchandise purchased in-store within 30 days of the original purchase date, return merchandise purchased at bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com within 60 days of the original purchase date, and return sheplers.com merchandise within 90 days of the original purchase date. Merchandise returns are often resalable merchandise and the purchase price is generally refunded by issuing the same tender used in the original purchase. Merchandise exchanges of the same product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are not included in the population when calculating our sales returns reserve. We record the impact of adjustments to our sales returns reserve quarterly within total net sales. Should the returns rate as a percentage of net sales significantly change in future periods, it could have a material impact on our results of operations.

We maintain a customer loyalty program at the stores and bootbarn.com. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365-day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue until redemption or expiration and, upon redemption and expiration, as an adjustment to net sales using the relative standalone selling price method. If actual redemptions ultimately differ from accrued redemption levels, or if we further modify the terms of the program in a way that affects expected redemption value and levels, we could record adjustments to the unearned revenue accrual, which would affect net sales.

We recognize the sales from gift cards, gift certificates and store credits as they are redeemed for merchandise. Prior to redemption, we maintain an unearned revenue liability for gift cards, gift certificates and store credits until we are released from such liability, including potential obligations arising under state escheatment laws. Our gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. Amounts remaining after escheatment are recognized in net sales in the period escheatment occurs and the liability is considered to be extinguished.

54

Table of Contents

Leases

Operating and finance lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the fixed lease payments using the Company's incremental borrowing rates for its population of leases. Related operating and finance lease right-of-use assets are recognized based on the initial present value of the fixed lease payments, reduced by cash payments received from landlords as lease incentives, plus any prepaid rent and other direct costs from executing the leases. Amortization of both operating and finance lease right-of-use assets is performed on a straight-line basis and recorded as part of rent expense in selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The interest expense amortization component of the finance lease liabilities is recorded within interest expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; the Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments are recognized as lease expense as they are incurred.

Inventories

Inventories, which consist primarily of general consumer merchandise held for sale, are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined onusing the weighted-average cost method (which approximates the first-in, first-out methodmethod) and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions.

55

Table of Contents

During each accounting period, we record adjustments to our inventories, which are reflected in cost of goods sold, if the cost of specific inventory items on hand exceeds the amount that we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or disposal of the inventory. A periodic review of inventory is performed in order to determine if inventory is properly stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. This adjustment calculation requires us to make assumptions and estimates, which are based on factors such as average selling cycle and seasonality of merchandise, the historical rate at which merchandise has sold below cost during the average selling cycle, and the value and nature of merchandise currently priced below original cost. A provision is recorded to reduce the cost of inventories to the estimated net realizable values, if appropriate.

To the extent that management’s estimates differ from actual results, additional markdowns may be required that could reduce our gross profit, operating income and the carrying value of inventories.

We also record an inventory shrinkage reserve calculated as a percentage of net sales for estimated merchandise losses for the period between the last physical inventory count and the balance sheet date. These estimates are based on historical percentages and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in shrinkage trends. We perform periodic physical inventory counts for our entire chain of stores and our distribution center and adjust the inventory shrinkage reserve accordingly. If actual physical inventory losses differ significantly from the estimate, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. The inventory shrinkage reserve reduces the value of total inventory and is a component of inventories on the consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill, intangible and long-lived assets

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Intangible assets with indefinite lives include the Boot Barn trademark that was acquired as part of the recapitalization with Freeman Spogli & Co. on December 12, 2011, the Sheplers trademark acquired as part of the Sheplers Acquisition, the cost to register the Boot Barn trademark in Hong Kong, and the www.countryoutfitter.com website trademark we acquired as part of our asset acquisition in February of fiscal 2017. We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually on the first day of the fourth quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Goodwill and Other.Other. This guidance provides us the option to first assess qualitative factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value (a “Step 0” analysis).value.

55

Table of Contents

GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company’s operating segments, including disclosures related to a company’s products and services, geographic areas and major customers. We monitor and review our segment reporting structure in accordance with authoritative guidance to determine whether any changes have occurred that would impact our reportable segments. Our retail stores and e-commerce websites represent two operating segments. Given the similar qualitative and economic characteristics of the two operating segments, our retail stores and e-commerce websites were aggregated into one reporting segment in accordance with guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”). As a result of this, our operations represent two reporting units, retail stores and e-commerce, for the purpose of our goodwill impairment analysis.

If, based on a review of qualitative factors it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform “Step 1” of the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If we proceed to conduct a two-step goodwill impairment test, the first step of the impairment test involves comparingcompare the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value.amount. We evaluate the fair value of the reporting unit by using market-based analysis to review market capitalization and by reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management’s assumptions. We determine the fair value of our reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we performrecognize an impairment loss equal to the second step ofdifference between the goodwill impairment test. The second step ofcarrying amount and the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the impliedestimated fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss.unit.

Definite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets. Definite-lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks and customer lists. Definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at their fair value as of the acquisition date with amortization computed utilizing the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, with the exception

56

Table of Contents

of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for customer lists is five years and for definite-lived trademarks is three years.

Long-lived assets consist of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, software and vehicles. Long-lived assets are subject to depreciation and amortization. We assess potential impairment of our definite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”).

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, our operating results could be adversely affected by additional impairment charges.

Stock-based compensation

We account for employee stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance share units in accordance with relevant authoritative literature. Stock options are granted with exercise prices equal to or greater than the market value, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange (or on any other national securities exchange on which our common stock is then listed) on the date of grant as authorized by our board of directors. Stock options granted have vesting provisions of either four or five years. Stock option grants are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to vesting. We have selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the grant date fair value of stock option awards granted. We have considered the retirement and forfeiture provisions of the options and utilized the simplified method to estimate the expected life of the options. We base the risk-free interest rate

56

Table of Contents

on the yield of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury security with a maturity equal to the expected life of the option from the date of the grant. We estimateStock volatility for each grant is measured using the volatilityweighted average of historical daily price changes of our stock and our competitors’ common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected option term of the share price of our common stock by considering the historical volatility of the stock of similar public entities.awards. In determining the appropriateness of the public entities included in the volatility assumption, we considered a number of factors, including the entity’s life cycle stage, growth profile, size, financial leverage and products offered. The fair value of stock options granted with both service and market vesting conditions is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period based on the number of years for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered. Forfeitures are recognized as incurred.

The fair value of our restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance share units is the closing price of our common stock on the grant date.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We

57

Table of Contents

consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying statement of operations. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding our tax disclosures.

Recent accounting pronouncementsAccounting Pronouncements

In February 2016,January 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”). The FASB issued this Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases and finance leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Enhanced disclosures are also required to give financial statement users the ability to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, allowing a modified retrospective approach, under 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848), which entities had the option to not restate comparative periods and instead recognize a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption. The standards became effective for the Company beginning March 31, 2019, the first dayclarifies some of its fiscal 2020 year.

As a resultguidance around reference rate reform activities as global market participants undertake efforts to transition from using or referencing the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates to using or referencing alternative reference rates. The amendments in this ASU if elected by an entity, are effective immediately. Unlike other topics, the provisions of this update are only available until December 31, 2022, by which time the adoption of the new accounting standard, the Company elected transition-related practical expedients as accounting policies which allowed itreference rate replacement activity is expected to not reassess, as of the adoption date, (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) the classification of any expired or existing leases, and (3) if previously capitalized initial direct costs qualify for capitalization under ASC 842.be completed. The Company electeddoes not expect the practical expedient optionrevised standard to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its leases, and also elected the short-term lease recognition exemption that keeps leases withhave an initial term of 12 months or less excluded from balance sheet

57

Table of Contents

capitalization. This results in recognizing those lease payments in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of March 31, 2019, the first day of fiscal 2020, the Company recorded right-of-use (“ROU”) assets of $164.5 million and lease liabilities of $179.4 million upon adoption of this standard. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on its consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows. Refer to Note 11, “Leases” to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion.statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”), which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under this new guidance, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU 2017-04 are effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permittedThe standard became effective for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Thethe Company plans to adopt the standard inbeginning March 29, 2020, the first quarterday of its fiscal 2021 and does not expect theyear. The revised standard todid not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

Interest rate risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our credit facilities, which bear interest at variable rates. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, we had $129.9 million outstanding borrowingsa zero balance drawn under our revolving credit facility and $111.5 million under our term loan facility. The impact of a 1.0% rate change on the outstanding balance as of March 28, 202027, 2021 would be approximately $2.4$1.1 million.

Foreign exchange rate risk

We currently purchase all of our merchandise through domestic and international suppliers on a U.S. dollar-denominated basis. We do not hedge using any derivative instruments and historically have not been impacted by changes in exchange rates.

Impact of inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe that the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial.

58

Table of Contents

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

60

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 201928, 2020

62

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

63

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

64

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

65

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

66

59

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 2019,28, 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended March 28, 2020,27, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 2019,28, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 28, 2020,27, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 22, 2020,13, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases beginning March 31, 2019, the first day of its fiscal 2020 year due to adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit MattersMatter

The critical audit mattersmatter communicated below are mattersis a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that werewas communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relaterelates to accounts or disclosures that areis material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit mattersmatter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit mattersmatter below, providing a separate opinionsopinion on the critical audit mattersmatter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.it relates.

Incremental Borrowing Rate (IBR) used in Adoption of ASC 842Inventories – Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company’s inventories consist primarily of purchased merchandise and are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted-average cost method (which approximates the first-in, first-out method) and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions. A

60

Table of Contents

Critical Audit Matter Description

Theperiodic review of inventory is performed in order to determine if inventory is properly stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. This adjustment calculation requires the Company adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 842, Leases, as of March 31, 2019. Adoption of the standard resulted in the initial recognition of right-of-use (ROU) assets of $164.5 millionto make assumptions and lease liabilities of $179.4 million as of March 31, 2019. These amountsestimates, which are based on factors such as average selling cycle and seasonality of merchandise, the presenthistorical rate at which merchandise has sold below cost during the average selling cycle, and the value and nature of merchandise currently priced below original cost. A provision is recorded to reduce the fixed lease payments usingcost of inventories to the Company’s incremental borrowing rates (“IBR”) for its population of leases. We identified the IBR used in the determination of the present value of the Company’s future minimum lease payments upon adoption of ASC 842 as a critical audit matter because the determination of the appropriate credit rating, credit spread, and adjustments for the impacts of collateralization used to determine the rate require significant management judgment. Changes in these inputs into the IBR determination can have a material effect on the recorded ROU assets and related lease liabilities.estimated net realizable values, if appropriate.

Given the significant judgments made by management in determiningto estimate the IBR upon adoptionnet realizable value of ASC 842, performing audit proceduresinventory, such as estimating foreseeable demand, auditing the adjustment to evaluate the reasonableness of the methods and assumptions related to credit rating, credit spread, and adjustmentsinventory for the impact of collateralobsolescence involved a highhigher degree of auditor judgment and an increased extentthe involvement of effort, includingmore senior members of the need to involve our fair value specialists.engagement team in executing, supervising, and reviewing the results of the procedures.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the selected IBRvaluation of inventories included the following, among others:

We tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the calculationinventory valuation reserve process, including controls over the inputs, such as the historical rate at which merchandise has sold below cost during the average selling cycle and the value of the IBR upon adoption including those over credit ratings, credit spreads, and adjustments for the impact of collateral.merchandise currently priced below original cost, that are used in management’s estimate.

With the assistance of our fair value specialists, weWe evaluated the reasonablenessappropriateness and consistency of management’s methods and assumptions used in developing its estimate of the Company’s methodology and the selected IBR upon adoption by:inventory valuation reserve.

oTestingWe evaluated the source information underlying the determinationappropriateness, completeness, and accuracy of the synthetic credit rating,specific inputs supporting management’s estimate, including the age of on-hand inventory levels, historic inventory trends, and projected future demand.

oTestingWe tested the mathematical accuracy of the Company’s analysis,inventory valuation reserve calculation.

oEvaluating the overall reasonablenessWe performed a review of the valuation method utilized byreserve rate used in the Companyprior year inventory reserve calculation to develop the synthetic credit rating andcurrent year sales of aged inventory in order to evaluate management’s ability to accurately estimate the impact of collateral on the IBR,
oEvaluating whether the overall method used to determine the IBR is consistent with the provisions of ASC 842, and
oDeveloping a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the IBR selected by management.inventory valuation reserve.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California

May 22, 202013, 2021

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2012.

61

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except per share data)

March 28,

    

March 30,

 

March 27,

    

March 28,

 

 

2020

2019

 

2021

2020

Assets

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$

69,563

$

16,614

$

73,148

$

69,563

Accounts receivable, net

 

12,087

 

8,095

 

12,771

 

12,087

Inventories

 

288,717

 

240,734

 

275,760

 

288,717

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

14,284

 

11,900

 

12,777

 

14,284

Total current assets

 

384,651

 

277,343

 

374,456

 

384,651

Property and equipment, net

 

109,603

 

98,663

 

110,444

 

109,603

Right-of-use assets, net

170,243

186,827

170,243

Goodwill

 

197,502

 

195,858

 

197,502

 

197,502

Intangible assets, net

 

60,974

 

62,845

 

60,885

 

60,974

Other assets

 

1,738

 

1,366

 

3,467

 

1,738

Total assets

$

924,711

$

636,075

$

933,581

$

924,711

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Current liabilities:

Line of credit

$

129,900

$

$

$

129,900

Accounts payable

 

95,334

 

104,955

 

104,641

 

95,334

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

52,612

 

46,988

 

77,615

 

52,612

Short-term lease liabilities

34,779

39,400

34,779

Total current liabilities

 

312,625

 

151,943

 

221,656

 

312,625

Deferred taxes

 

19,801

 

17,202

 

21,993

 

19,801

Long-term portion of notes payable, net

 

109,022

 

174,264

 

109,781

 

109,022

Capital lease obligations

6,746

Long-term lease liabilities

160,935

181,836

160,935

Other liabilities

 

635

 

21,756

 

3,424

 

635

Total liabilities

 

603,018

 

371,911

 

538,690

 

603,018

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; March 28, 2020 - 100,000 shares authorized, 28,880 shares issued; March 30, 2019 - 100,000 shares authorized, 28,399 shares issued

 

3

 

3

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; March 27, 2021 - 100,000 shares authorized, 29,348 shares issued; March 28, 2020 - 100,000 shares authorized, 28,880 shares issued

 

3

 

3

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued or outstanding

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

169,249

 

159,137

 

183,815

 

169,249

Retained earnings

 

153,641

 

105,692

 

213,027

 

153,641

Less: Common stock held in treasury, at cost, 71 and 51 shares at March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, respectively

(1,200)

(668)

Less: Common stock held in treasury, at cost, 96 and 71 shares at March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020, respectively

(1,954)

(1,200)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

321,693

 

264,164

 

394,891

 

321,693

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

924,711

$

636,075

$

933,581

$

924,711

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Fiscal Year Ended

Fiscal Year Ended

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Net sales

$

845,575

$

776,854

$

677,949

$

893,491

$

845,575

$

776,854

Cost of goods sold

 

569,084

 

525,420

 

470,034

 

598,612

 

569,084

 

525,420

Gross profit

 

276,491

 

251,434

 

207,915

 

294,879

 

276,491

 

251,434

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

202,823

 

187,112

 

161,660

 

208,553

 

202,823

 

187,112

Income from operations

 

73,668

 

64,322

 

46,255

 

86,326

 

73,668

 

64,322

Interest expense, net

 

13,310

 

16,331

 

15,076

Other (loss)/income, net

(45)

5

Interest expense

 

9,442

 

13,310

 

16,331

Other income/(loss), net

366

(45)

5

Income before income taxes

 

60,313

 

47,996

 

31,179

 

77,250

 

60,313

 

47,996

Income tax expense

 

12,364

 

8,974

 

2,300

 

17,864

 

12,364

 

8,974

Net income

$

47,949

$

39,022

$

28,879

$

59,386

$

47,949

$

39,022

Earnings per share:

Basic shares

$

1.68

$

1.39

$

1.08

$

2.05

$

1.68

$

1.39

Diluted shares

$

1.64

$

1.35

$

1.05

$

2.01

$

1.64

$

1.35

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic shares

 

28,583

 

28,092

 

26,744

 

28,930

 

28,583

 

28,092

Diluted shares

 

29,220

 

28,813

 

27,528

 

29,477

 

29,220

 

28,813

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

63

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands)

 

Additional

 

Common Stock

Paid-In

Retained

Treasury Shares

 

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Earnings

Shares

    

Amount

Total

 

Balance at April 1, 2017

26,575

$

3

$

142,184

$

37,791

(14)

$

(69)

$

179,909

Net income

28,879

28,879

Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation

756

3,695

(4)

3,695

Tax withholding for net share settlement

(13)

(125)

(125)

Stock-based compensation expense

2,248

2,248

Balance at March 31, 2018

27,331

$

3

$

148,127

$

66,670

(31)

$

(194)

$

214,606

Net income

39,022

39,022

Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation

1,068

8,137

8,137

Tax withholding for net share settlement

(20)

(474)

(474)

Stock-based compensation expense

2,873

2,873

Balance at March 30, 2019

28,399

$

3

$

159,137

$

105,692

(51)

$

(668)

$

264,164

Net income

47,949

47,949

Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation

481

5,204

5,204

Tax withholding for net share settlement

(20)

(532)

(532)

Stock-based compensation expense

4,908

4,908

Balance at March 28, 2020

28,880

$

3

$

169,249

$

153,641

(71)

$

(1,200)

$

321,693

 

Additional

 

Common Stock

Paid-In

Retained

Treasury Shares

 

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Earnings

Shares

    

Amount

Total

 

Balance at March 31, 2018

27,331

$

3

$

148,127

$

66,670

(31)

$

(194)

$

214,606

Net income

39,022

39,022

Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation

1,068

8,137

8,137

Tax withholding for net share settlement

(20)

(474)

(474)

Stock-based compensation expense

2,873

2,873

Balance at March 30, 2019

28,399

$

3

$

159,137

$

105,692

(51)

$

(668)

$

264,164

Net income

47,949

47,949

Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation

481

5,204

5,204

Tax withholding for net share settlement

(20)

(532)

(532)

Stock-based compensation expense

4,908

4,908

Balance at March 28, 2020

28,880

$

3

$

169,249

$

153,641

(71)

$

(1,200)

$

321,693

Net income

59,386

59,386

Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation

468

7,408

7,408

Tax withholding for net share settlement

(25)

(754)

(754)

Stock-based compensation expense

7,158

7,158

Balance at March 27, 2021

29,348

$

3

$

183,815

$

213,027

(96)

$

(1,954)

$

394,891

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

64

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

    

Fiscal Year Ended

March 28,

    

March 30,

    

March 31,

 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

$

47,949

$

39,022

$

28,879

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation

 

21,211

 

18,256

 

16,000

Stock-based compensation

 

4,908

 

2,873

 

2,248

Amortization of intangible assets

 

172

 

646

 

1,128

Amortization of right-of-use assets

31,091

Amortization of debt issuance fees and debt discount

 

946

 

1,235

 

1,199

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

417

 

23

 

252

Gain on adjustment of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

(186)

Damaged asset write-off

312

2,357

Store impairment charge

191

455

83

Accretion of above market leases

 

 

(28)

 

(2)

Deferred taxes

 

2,599

 

4,172

 

1,860

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

Accounts receivable, net

 

5,721

 

(3,706)

 

(35)

Inventories

 

(45,622)

 

(27,702)

 

(24,598)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(2,351)

 

4,179

 

(3,281)

Other assets

 

(548)

 

(254)

 

(167)

Accounts payable

 

(13,810)

 

14,191

 

13,062

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

6,310

 

6,882

 

3,977

Other liabilities

 

(3,611)

 

2,704

 

1,238

Operating leases

(30,070)

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

25,317

$

63,260

$

44,200

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment

(37,195)

(27,525)

(24,418)

Insurance recoveries for property and equipment

717

184

865

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

(3,688)

 

(4,424)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

$

(40,166)

$

(31,765)

$

(23,553)

Cash flows from financing activities

Borrowings/(payments) on line of credit - net

 

129,900

(21,006)

 

(12,268)

Repayments on debt and finance lease obligations

 

(65,553)

 

(10,554)

 

(10,448)

Debt issuance fees paid

 

(1,221)

 

 

(520)

Tax withholding payments for net share settlement

(532)

(474)

(125)

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

5,204

8,137

3,695

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

$

67,798

$

(23,897)

$

(19,666)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

52,949

7,598

 

981

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

16,614

 

9,016

 

8,035

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

$

69,563

$

16,614

$

9,016

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid for income taxes

$

13,391

$

649

$

614

Cash paid for interest

$

11,958

$

14,947

$

13,743

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:

Unpaid purchases of property and equipment

$

6,066

$

1,877

$

1,315

Equipment acquired through capital lease

$

$

171

$

    

Fiscal Year Ended

March 27,

    

March 28,

    

March 30,

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

$

59,386

$

47,949

$

39,022

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation

 

24,059

 

21,211

 

18,256

Stock-based compensation

 

7,158

 

4,908

 

2,873

Amortization of intangible assets

 

89

 

172

 

646

Amortization of right-of-use assets

34,231

31,091

Amortization of debt issuance fees and debt discount

 

884

 

946

 

1,235

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

87

 

417

 

23

Gain/(loss) on adjustment of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

295

(186)

Damaged asset write-off

312

Store impairment charges

384

191

455

Accretion of above market leases

 

 

 

(28)

Deferred taxes

 

2,192

 

2,599

 

4,172

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

Accounts receivable, net

 

8,050

 

5,721

 

(3,706)

Inventories

 

12,957

 

(45,622)

 

(27,702)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

1,382

 

(2,351)

 

4,179

Other assets

 

(1,729)

 

(548)

 

(254)

Accounts payable

 

12,360

 

(13,810)

 

14,191

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

25,003

 

6,310

 

6,882

Other liabilities

 

2,789

 

(3,611)

 

2,704

Operating leases

(33,655)

(30,070)

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

155,922

$

25,317

$

63,260

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of property and equipment

(28,424)

(37,195)

(27,525)

Insurance recoveries for property and equipment

717

184

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

 

 

(3,688)

 

(4,424)

Net cash used in investing activities

$

(28,424)

$

(40,166)

$

(31,765)

Cash flows from financing activities

(Payments)/borrowings on line of credit - net

 

(129,900)

129,900

 

(21,006)

Repayments on debt and finance lease obligations

 

(667)

 

(65,553)

 

(10,554)

Debt issuance fees paid

 

 

(1,221)

 

Tax withholding payments for net share settlement

(754)

(532)

(474)

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

7,408

5,204

8,137

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

$

(123,913)

$

67,798

$

(23,897)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

3,585

52,949

 

7,598

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

69,563

 

16,614

 

9,016

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

$

73,148

$

69,563

$

16,614

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Cash paid for income taxes

$

11,458

$

13,391

$

649

Cash paid for interest

$

8,795

$

11,958

$

14,947

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:

Unpaid purchases of property and equipment

$

2,642

$

6,066

$

1,877

Equipment acquired through capital lease

$

$

$

171

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

65

Table of Contents

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Business Operations

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed on November 17, 2011, and is incorporated in the State of Delaware. The equity of the Company consists of 100,000,000 authorized shares and 28,809,62029,251,626 and 28,348,48428,809,620 outstanding shares of common stock as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 2019,28, 2020, respectively. The shares of common stock have voting rights of 1 vote per share.

The Company operates specialty retail stores that sell western and work boots and related apparel and accessories. The Company operates retail locations throughout the U.S. and sells its merchandise via the Internet. The Company operated a total of 273 stores in 36 states as of March 27, 2021, 259 stores in 35 states as of March 28, 2020 and 240 stores in 33 states as of March 30, 2019 and 226 stores in 31 states as of March 31, 2018. As a result of COVID-19, 36 of the 259 stores in operation as of March 28, 2020 were temporarily closed. 2019.As of the fiscal year ending March 28, 2020,27, 2021, all stores operate under the Boot Barn name, with the exception of 2 stores which operate under the “American Worker” name.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was reported in Wuhan, China. Since first being reported, COVID-19 has spread to numerous countries around the world, including the U.S., resulting in the World Health Organization declaring the outbreak a global pandemic on March 11, 2020. As COVID-19 has continued to spread, public and private sector policies and initiatives intended to reduce the transmission of COVID-19, such as the imposition of travel restrictions, mandates from federal, state and local authorities to avoid large gatherings of people, quarantine or “shelter-in-place”, and the promotion of social distancing have significantly impacted the country. COVID-19 has had and will continue to have a significant impact on economic conditions and consumeconsumer confidence. There isremains significant uncertainty around the breadthduration and durationimpact of business disruptions related tothe COVID-19 as well as its impactpandemic on the U.S. economy and consumer confidence. These and other effects make it more challenging for us to estimate the future performance of our business, particularly over the near-to-medium term.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), include the accounts of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, including WW Holding Corporation, Boot Barn Holding Corporation,Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., RCC Western Stores, Inc. (“RCC”), Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Baskins”), Sheplers, Inc. and Sheplers Holding Corporation (collectively with Sheplers, Inc. “Sheplers”) and Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited (“Hong Kong”). All intercompany accounts and transactions among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation. The vast majority of the Company’s identifiable assets are in the United States.

Fiscal Year

The Company reports its results of operations and cash flows on a 52- or 53-week basis, and its fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. The years ended March 27, 2021 (“fiscal 2021”), March 28, 2020 (“fiscal 2020”), and March 30, 2019 (“fiscal 2019”) and March 31, 2018 (“fiscal 2018”) each consisted of 52 weeks.

Comprehensive Income

The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.

66

Table of Contents

Segment Reporting

GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company’s operating segments, including disclosures related to a company’s products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company monitors and reviews its segment reporting structure in accordance with authoritative guidance to determine whether any changes

66

Table of Contents

have occurred that would impact its reportable segments. The Company’s retail stores and e-commerce websites represent two operating segments. Given the similar qualitative and economic characteristics of the two operating segments, the Company’s retail stores and e-commerce websites are aggregated into one reporting segment in accordance with guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”). As a result of this,Further, the Company’s operations represent 2 reporting units, retail stores and e-commerce, for the purpose of its goodwill impairment analysis.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Among the significant estimates affecting the Company’s consolidated financial statements are those relating to revenue recognition, lease accounting, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long-lived assets, stock-based compensation and income taxes. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. To the extent actual results differ from those estimates, the Company’s future results of operations may be affected.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents also include receivables from credit card sales. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents represent their fair values.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable consists of amounts due from commercial customers for merchandise sold, as well as receivables from suppliers under co-operative arrangements. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.1$0.3 million and less than $0.1 million in fiscal 20202021 and fiscal 2019,2020, respectively.

Inventories

Inventory consists primarily of purchased merchandise and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on ausing the weighted-average cost method (which approximates the first-in, first-out basismethod) and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions. The Company assesses the recoverability of inventory through a periodic review of historical usage and present demand. When the inventory on hand exceeds the foreseeable demand, the value of inventory that, at the time of the review, is not expected to be sold is written down to its estimated net realizable value.

Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discounts

Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the terms of the applicable loan agreements using the effective interest method. Those costs related to the issuance of debt are presented as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Debt issuance costs incurred with the issuance of revolving credit lines are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Debt discounts arise when transaction fees are paid to the lending institution. Debt discounts are recorded as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Amortization of debt discounts is recorded as an increase to the net

67

Table of Contents

principal amount of the debt and as a charge to interest expense over the term of the applicable loan agreement using the effective interest method.

67

Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consists of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, software and vehicles. Property and equipment is subject to depreciation and is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major remodels and improvements are capitalized while minor replacements, maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the life of such assets are charged to expense. Gains or losses on disposal of fixed assets, when applicable, are reflected in operations. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, ranging from five to ten years. Machinery and equipment is depreciated over five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over seven years. Software and vehicles are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the terms of the leases or ten years.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other. This guidance provides the option to first assess qualitative factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value (a “Step 0” analysis).value.

GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company’s operating segments, including disclosures related to a company’s products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company monitors and reviews its segment reporting structure in accordance with authoritative guidance to determine whether any changes have occurred that would impact its reportable segments. The Company’s retail stores and e-commerce websites represent two operating segments. Given the similar qualitative and economic characteristics of the two operating segments, as well as the Company’s retail stores and e-commerce websites are aggregated into one reporting segment in accordance with guidance under FASB ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting (“ASC 280”).units. As a result of this,previously stated above, the Company’s operations represent 2 reporting units, retail stores and e-commerce, for the purpose of its goodwill impairment analysis.

If, based on a review of qualitative factors it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company performs “Step 1” of the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the Company proceedswe proceed to conduct a two-step goodwill impairment test, the first step of the impairment test involves comparingcompare the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. Management evaluatesamount. We evaluate the fair value of the reporting unit by using a market-based analysis to review market capitalization as well asand by reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management’s assumptions. The Company determinesWe determine the fair value of itsour reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the Company performsdifference between the second step ofcarrying amount and the goodwill impairment test, which involves comparing the impliedestimated fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss.unit. The Company concluded that there was 0 impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, or 2018.2019.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which include the Boot Barn, Sheplers and Country Outfitter trademarks, are not amortized but instead are measured for impairment at least annually, or when events indicate that impairment may exist. The Company calculates impairment as the excess of the carrying value of indefinite-lived intangible assets over their estimated fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the estimate of fair value, an impairment charge is recorded. The Company concluded there was 0 impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives during fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, or 2018.2019.

68

Table of Contents

Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks and customer lists. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for customer lists and definite-lived trademarks is five years and three years, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets. The Company assesses potential impairment of its long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset or asset

68

Table of Contents

group’s carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long-lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value, and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements. During fiscal 2021, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $0.7 million related to its stores. These long-lived asset impairment charges relate to right-of-use assets and property, plant and equipment associated with the Company’s stores. During fiscal 2020, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $0.2 million related to 1 of its stores. During fiscal 2019, the Company recorded an asset impairment chargecharges of less than $0.5 million related to 3 of its stores. During fiscal 2018, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of less than $0.1 million related to 2 of its stores. The fair values of these locations were calculated based on the projected discounted cash flows at a similar rate that would be used by market participants in valuing these assets or prices of similar assets.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation transactions using a fair-value method and recognizes the fair value of each award as an expense over the service period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The use of the Black-Scholes model requires a number of estimates, including the expected option term, the expected volatility in the price of the Company’s common stock, the risk-free rate of interest and the dividend yield on the Company’s common stock. The fair value of stock options granted with both service and market vesting conditions is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance share units is the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The consolidated financial statements include amounts that are based on the Company’s best estimates and judgments. The Company classifies compensation expense related to these awards in the consolidated statements of operations based on the department to which the recipient reports.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recorded for store sales upon the purchase of merchandise by customers. Transfer of control takes place at the point at which the customer receives and pays for the merchandise at the register. E-commerce sales are recorded when control transfers to the customer, which generally occurs upon delivery of the product. Shipping and handling revenues are included in total net sales. Shipping costs incurred by the Company are included as cost of goods sold. Sales taxes that are collected in connection with revenue transactions are withheld and remitted to the respective taxing authorities. As such, these taxes are excluded from revenue.

69

Table of Contents

Revenue is recorded net of estimated and actual sales returns and deductions for coupon redemptions, estimated future award redemption and other promotions. The sales returns reserve reflects an estimate of sales returns based on projected merchandise returns determined through the use of historical average return percentages. The total reserve for returns was $2.8 million, $1.6 million, $1.8 million, and $1.6$1.8 million as of fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018,2019, respectively and is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company accounts for the asset and liability separately on a gross basis. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s sales returns reserve:

Sales Returns Reserve

Fiscal Year Ended

Fiscal Year Ended

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

(In thousands)

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Beginning balance

$

1,761

$

1,587

$

1,544

$

1,648

$

1,761

$

1,587

Provisions

 

43,664

 

39,026

 

35,189

 

28,751

 

43,664

 

39,026

Sales returns

 

(43,777)

 

(38,852)

 

(35,146)

 

(27,609)

 

(43,777)

 

(38,852)

Ending balance

$

1,648

$

1,761

$

1,587

$

2,790

$

1,648

$

1,761

The Company maintains a customer loyalty program. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365-day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue until redemption or expiration and, upon redemption and expiration, as an adjustment to net sales using the relative standalone selling price method. The unearned revenue for this program is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and was $2.5 million, $2.1 million, $1.9 million, and $1.7$1.9 million as of March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020, and March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s customer loyalty program:

Customer Loyalty Program

    

Fiscal Year Ended

    

Fiscal Year Ended

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

(In thousands)

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Beginning balance

$

1,936

$

1,705

$

2,060

$

2,076

$

1,936

$

1,705

Current year provisions

 

6,468

 

5,433

 

4,877

 

6,934

 

6,468

 

5,433

Current year award redemptions

 

(6,328)

 

(5,202)

 

(5,232)

 

(6,525)

 

(6,328)

 

(5,202)

Ending balance

$

2,076

$

1,936

$

1,705

$

2,485

$

2,076

$

1,936

Proceeds from the sale of gift cards are deferred until the customers use the cards to acquire merchandise. Gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. Amounts remaining after escheatment are recognized in net sales in the period escheatment occurs and the liability is considered to be extinguished. The Company defers recognition of a layaway sale and its related profit to the accounting period when the customer receives the layaway merchandise. Income from the redemption of gift cards, gift card breakage, and the sale of layaway merchandise is included in net sales. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s gift card program:

Gift Card Program

    

Fiscal Year Ended

    

Fiscal Year Ended

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

(In thousands)

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Beginning balance

$

8,796

$

7,857

$

7,108

$

10,118

$

8,796

$

7,857

Current year issuances

 

16,745

 

14,112

 

11,007

 

18,905

 

16,745

 

14,112

Current year redemptions

 

(14,874)

 

(12,341)

 

(9,871)

 

(16,614)

 

(14,874)

 

(12,341)

Current year breakage

(549)

(832)

(387)

(840)

(549)

(832)

Ending balance

$

10,118

$

8,796

$

7,857

$

11,569

$

10,118

$

8,796

70

Table of Contents

Disaggregated Revenue

The Company disaggregates net sales into the following major merchandise categories:

    

Fiscal Year Ended

    

Fiscal Year Ended

% of Net Sales

    

March 28, 2020

March 30, 2019

March 31, 2018

    

March 27, 2021

March 28, 2020

March 30, 2019

Footwear

    

51%

52%

53%

    

53%

51%

52%

Apparel

34%

34%

32%

32%

34%

34%

Hats, accessories and other

15%

14%

15%

15%

15%

14%

Total

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

The Company furtheralso disaggregates net sales between stores and e-commerce:

    

Fiscal Year Ended

    

Fiscal Year Ended

% of Net Sales

    

March 28, 2020

March 30, 2019

March 31, 2018

    

March 27, 2021

March 28, 2020

March 30, 2019

Stores

    

84%

83%

83%

    

81%

84%

83%

E-commerce

16%

17%

17%

19%

16%

17%

Total

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrink provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent, depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy-related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel and other inventory acquisition-related costs.

Store Opening Costs

Store opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other store opening costs are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Certain advertising costs, including pay-per-click, direct mail, television and radio promotions, event sponsorship, in-store photographs and other promotional advertising are expensed when the marketing campaign commences. The Company had prepaid advertising costs of $0.2$0.8 millionand $0.4$0.2 million as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 2019,28, 2020, respectively. All other advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company recognized $24.1 million, $28.0 million, $27.7 million, and $25.5$27.7 million in advertising costs during fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018,2019, respectively.

Leases

Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASC 842”), the Company recognized rent expense for operating leases on a straight‑line basis (including the effect of reduced or free rent and rent escalations) over the lease term. The difference between the cash paid to the landlord and the amount recognized as rent expense on a straight‑line basis was recognized as an adjustment to deferred rent in the consolidated balance sheets. Cash reimbursements received from landlords for leasehold improvements and other cash payments received from landlords as lease incentives were recorded as deferred rent and amortized using the straight‑line method over the lease term as an offset to rent expense. Contingent rent, determined based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels, was recognized as rent expense when the achievement of the specified sales that triggers the contingent rent was probable.

71

Table of Contents

Subsequent to the adoption of ASC 842 on March 31, 2019, the first day of fiscal 2020, operating and finance lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the fixed lease payments using the Company's incremental borrowing rates for its population of leases. As a result of the adoption of the new accounting standard, the Company elected transition-related practical expedients as accounting policies which allowed it to not reassess, as of the adoption date, (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) the classification of any expired or existing leases, and (3) if previously capitalized initial direct costs qualify for capitalization under ASC 842. The Company elected the practical expedient option to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its leases, and also elected the short-term lease recognition exemption that keeps leases with an initial term of 12 months or less excluded from balance sheet capitalization. This results in recognizing those lease payments in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Related operating and finance lease right-of-use assets are recognized based on the initial present value of the fixed lease payments, reduced by cash payments received from landlords as lease incentives, plus any prepaid rent and other direct costs from executing the leases. Amortization of both operating and finance lease right-of-use assets is performed on a straight-line basis and recorded as part of rent expense in cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The interest expense amortization component of the finance lease liabilities is recorded within interest expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; the Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments are recognized as lease expense as they are incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties, if incurred, are included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. There were 0 accrued interest or penalties for the fiscal years ended March 28, 202027, 2021 or March 30, 2019.28, 2020.

Per Share Information

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock. In computing diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is adjusted to reflect the effect of potentially dilutive securities such as stock options and restricted stock. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company utilizes the treasury stock method to compute the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance share units.

72

Table of Contents

Fair Value of Certain Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (“ASC 820”) which requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain assets and liabilities defined by the guidance as financial instruments. The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. ASC 820 defines the fair value of financial instruments as the price that would be received

72

Table of Contents

from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy for disclosure that is based on the extent and level of judgment used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities.

Level 1 uses unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 uses inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates, incremental borrowing rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.
Level 3 uses one or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity, and reflect the use of significant management judgment. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques and significant management judgment or estimation. The Company’s Level 3 assets include certain acquired businesses and the evaluation of store impairment.

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As a result, the asset or liability could be classified as Level 2 or Level 3 even though there may be certain significant inputs that are readily observable. The Company believes that the recorded values of its financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective relatively short maturity dates or duration.

Although market quotes for the fair value of the outstanding debt arrangements discussed in Note 8 “Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt” are not readily available, the Company believes its carrying value approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates, which are Level 2 inputs. There were 0 material financial assets or liabilities requiring fair value measurements as of March 28, 202027, 2021 on a recurring basis.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. At times, such amounts held at banks may be in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits, and the Company mitigates such risk by utilizing multiple banks.

Supplier Concentration Risk

The Company purchases merchandise inventories from several hundred suppliers worldwide. Sales of products from the Company’s 3 largest suppliers totaled approximately 33% of net sales in fiscal 2021, 36% of net sales in fiscal 2020, and approximately 39% of net sales in fiscal 2019, and approximately 40% of net sales in fiscal 2018.

Hurricane-Related Insurance Claims

During fiscal 2018, as a result of Hurricane Harvey, $3.2 million of inventory and property, plant and equipment at certain Houston-area stores were damaged and written off. These assets were insured at the time of the loss. The Company also incurred $0.3 million of repairs and maintenance expense during fiscal 2018 as a result of Hurricane Harvey. The Company received cash insurance proceeds of $5.1 million as of March 30, 2019, which includes $0.1 million of business interruption cash insurance proceeds. The charges and recoveries were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, and resulted in a net gain of $1.6 million during fiscal 2018.2019.

73

Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016,January 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, 2021-01, LeasesReference Rate Reform (Topic 848), (“ASC 842”). which clarifies some of its guidance around reference rate reform activities as global market participants undertake efforts to transition from using or referencing the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates to using or referencing alternative reference rates. The FASB issuedamendments in this Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)ASU if elected by an entity, are effective immediately. Unlike other topics, the provisions of this update are only available until December 31, 2022, by which time the reference rate replacement activity is expected to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases and finance leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. Enhanced disclosures are also required to give financial statement users the ability to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, allowing a modified retrospective approach, under which entities had the option to not restate comparative periods and instead recognize a cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the period of adoption.be completed. The Company adopteddoes not expect the new leasingrevised standard effective as of March 31, 2019, the first day of its fiscal 2020 year.

In connection with the adoption of the new accounting standard, the Company elected transition-related practical expedients as accounting policies which allowed it to not reassess, as of the adoption date, (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) the classification of any expired or existing leases, and (3) if previously capitalized initial direct costs qualify for capitalization under ASC 842. The Company elected the practical expedient option to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its leases, and also elected the short-term lease recognition exemption that keeps leases withhave an initial term of 12 months or less excluded from balance sheet capitalization. This results in recognizing those lease payments in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of March 31, 2019, the first day of fiscal 2020, the Company recorded right-of-use (“ROU”) assets of $164.5 million and lease liabilities of $179.4 million upon adoption of this standard. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on its consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows. Refer to Note 11, “Leases” for further discussion.financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under this new guidance, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permittedThe standard became effective for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Thethe Company plans to adopt the standard inbeginning March 29, 2020, the first quarterday of its fiscal 2021 and does not expect theyear. The revised standard todid not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

3. Asset Acquisitions and Business Combinations

Asset Acquisitions

Drysdales, Inc.

On July 3, 2018, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of assets from Drysdales, Inc. (“Drysdales”), a retailer with 2 stores in Tulsa, Oklahoma. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Drysdales team at both store locations and assumed certain customer credits. The primary reason for the acquisition of Drysdales was to further expand the Company’s retail operations in Oklahoma. The cash consideration paid was $3.8 million.

In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. As the acquisition did not meet the definition of a business combination under FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, the Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. In an asset acquisition, goodwill is not recognized, but rather any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets. 

The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The inventory was valued

74

Table of Contents

using the comparative sales method and the customer credits were valued using the cost approach. Based on the fair value analysis of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the inventory was valued at $4.2 million, and the customer credits were valued at $0.4 million.

Wood’s Boots

On September 11, 2017, Boot Barn, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the acquisition of assets from Wood’s Boots, a four-store family-owned retailer with stores in Midland and Odessa, Texas. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Wood’s Boots team at all 4 store locations and assumed certain customer credits. The cash consideration paid was $2.7 million.

74

Table of Contents

In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. As the acquisition did not meet the definition of a business combination under FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, the Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. In an asset acquisition, goodwill is not recognized, but rather any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets. 

The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The inventory was valued using the comparative sales method. Based on the fair value analysis of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the inventory was valued at $2.8 million, and the customer credits were valued at less than $0.1 million.

Business Combinations

G.&L. Clothing, Inc.

On August 26, 2019, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of G.&L. Clothing, Inc. (“G.&L. Clothing”), an individually-owned retailer operating 1 store in Des Moines, Iowa. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the store’s landlord and offered employment to the G.&L. Clothing team. The primary reason for the acquisition of G.&L. Clothing was to further expand the Company’s retail operations in Iowa. The cash consideration paid for the acquisition was $3.7 million.

In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. The total fair value of consideration transferred for the acquisition was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition of G.&L. Clothing. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill and intangible assets are deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The inventory was valued using the comparative sales method. Property and equipment, net, customer list and merchandise credits and other current liabilities were valued under either the cost or income approach. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

75

Table of Contents

(in thousands)

    

At August 26, 2019

Assets acquired:

Inventory

 

$

2,361

Property & equipment, net

64

Customer list

345

Right-of-use asset, net

1,946

Goodwill

1,644

Total assets acquired

$

6,360

Liabilities assumed:

 

 

Merchandise credits and other current liabilities

$

169

Short-term lease liability

129

Long-term lease liability

2,374

Total liabilities assumed

2,672

Net assets acquired

$

3,688

Lone Star Western & Casual LLC

On April 24, 2018, Boot Barn, Inc. completed the acquisition of Lone Star Western & Casual LLC (“Lone Star”), an individually owned retail company with three stores in Waxahachie, Corsicana and Athens, Texas. As part of

75

Table of Contents

the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord and offered employment to the Lone Star team at all 3 store locations. The primary reason for the acquisition of Lone Star was to further expand the Company’s retail operations in Texas. The cash consideration paid for the acquisition was $4.4 million.

In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. The total fair value of consideration transferred for the acquisition was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition of Lone Star. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill and intangible assets are deductible for income tax purposes.

The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The inventory was valued using the comparative sales method. Property and equipment, net, below and above-market leases and customer credits were valued under either the cost or income approach. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

    

At June 30, 2018

    

(in thousands)

Assets acquired:

Inventory

 

$

1,872

Property & equipment, net

42

Below-market lease

92

Goodwill

2,763

Total assets acquired

$

4,769

Liabilities assumed:

 

 

Other liability - merchandise credits

$

69

Above-market lease

276

Total liabilities assumed

345

Net Assets acquired

$

4,424

76

Table of Contents

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill is as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of March 31, 2018

    

$

193,095

 

Goodwill as a result of the Lone Star Acquisition

 

2,763

Balance as of March 30, 2019

 

195,858

$

195,858

 

Goodwill as a result of the G.&L. Clothing Inc. Acquisition

1,644

1,644

Balance as of March 28, 2020

$

197,502

 

197,502

Activity

Balance as of March 27, 2021

$

197,502

76

Table of Contents

4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

    

March 28,

    

March 30,

 

    

March 27,

    

March 28,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Prepaid rent

$

$

4,030

Prepaid advertising

 

239

 

413

$

831

$

239

Prepaid insurance

 

1,033

 

879

 

1,292

 

1,033

Income tax receivable

 

5,172

 

1,534

 

 

5,172

Debt issuance costs

376

343

251

376

Prepaid merchandise

5,446

2,828

7,482

5,446

Other

 

2,018

 

1,873

 

2,921

 

2,018

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

$

14,284

$

11,900

$

12,777

$

14,284

5. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

    

March 28,

    

March 30,

 

    

March 27,

    

March 28,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Land

$

$

2,530

$

$

Buildings

7,998

Leasehold improvements

59,717

62,910

71,967

59,717

Machinery and equipment

 

31,767

 

31,825

 

31,404

 

31,767

Furniture and fixtures

 

69,143

 

59,917

 

76,785

 

69,143

Construction in progress

 

9,738

 

3,751

 

5,364

 

9,738

Vehicles

 

1,367

 

1,480

 

1,024

 

1,367

 

171,732

 

170,411

 

186,544

 

171,732

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

(62,129)

 

(71,748)

 

(76,100)

 

(62,129)

Property and equipment, net

$

109,603

$

98,663

$

110,444

$

109,603

Depreciation expense was $24.1 million, $21.2 million, $18.3 million, and $16.0$18.3 million for fiscal years 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018,2019, respectively. Beginning in fiscal 2020,2021, as a result of the adoption of ASC 842, amortization related to assets under finance leases is included in cost of goods sold rather than depreciation expense (see Note 11 “Leases”). Additionally, as a result of the adoption of ASC 842, land and buildings that were previously classified as property and equipment, net, have beenwere reclassified to finance lease right-of-use assets beginning in fiscal 2020.

6. Intangible Assets, Net

Net intangible assets consisted of the following:

March 27, 2021

 

Gross

    

    

    

Weighted

 

Carrying

Accumulated

Average

 

    

Amount

    

Amortization

    

Net

    

Useful Life

 

(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)

Customer lists

$

345

$

(137)

$

208

 

5.0

Trademarks—definite lived

15

(15)

3.0

Total definite lived

 

360

 

(152)

 

208

Trademarks—indefinite lived

 

60,677

 

 

60,677

Total intangible assets

$

61,037

$

(152)

$

60,885

77

Table of Contents

6. Intangible Assets, Net

Net intangible assets consisted of the following:

March 28, 2020

 

Gross

    

    

    

Weighted

 

Carrying

Accumulated

Average

 

    

Amount

    

Amortization

    

Net

    

Useful Life

 

(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)

Customer lists

$

345

$

(54)

$

291

 

5.0

Trademarks—definite lived

15

(9)

6

3.0

Total definite lived

 

360

 

(63)

 

297

Trademarks—indefinite lived

 

60,677

 

 

60,677

Total intangible assets

$

61,037

$

(63)

$

60,974

March 30, 2019

 

March 28, 2020

 

Gross

Weighted

Gross

Weighted

Carrying

Accumulated

Average

 

Carrying

Accumulated

Average

 

    

Amount

    

Amortization

    

Net

    

Useful Life

 

    

Amount

    

Amortization

    

Net

    

Useful Life

 

(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)

(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)

Customer lists

$

506

$

(393)

$

113

 

3.0

$

345

$

(54)

$

291

 

5.0

Below-market leases

 

5,011

 

(2,967)

 

2,044

11.5

 

 

 

Trademarks—definite lived

15

(4)

11

3.0

15

(9)

6

3.0

Total definite lived

 

5,532

 

(3,364)

 

2,168

 

360

 

(63)

 

297

Trademarks—indefinite lived

 

60,677

 

 

60,677

 

60,677

 

 

60,677

Total intangible assets

$

66,209

$

(3,364)

$

62,845

$

61,037

$

(63)

$

60,974

Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $0.1 million, $0.2 million, $0.6 million, and $1.1$0.6 million for fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018,2019, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, estimated future amortization of intangible assets was as follows:

Fiscal year

    

(in thousands)

 

    

(in thousands)

 

2021

$

89

 

2022

 

72

$

72

 

2023

 

62

 

62

2024

 

54

 

54

2025

 

20

 

20

2026

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

$

297

$

208

78

Table of Contents

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

    

March 28,

    

March 30,

 

    

March 27,

    

March 28,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Accrued compensation

$

12,858

$

14,014

$

23,537

$

12,858

Deferred revenue

 

11,112

 

10,211

 

14,422

 

11,112

Sales tax liability

 

6,465

 

6,497

 

10,713

 

6,465

Income taxes payable

3,075

Accrued occupancy expense

4,394

3,497

Accrued interest

 

284

 

199

 

133

 

284

Inventory reserve - returns

2,790

1,648

Sales reward redemption liability

 

2,076

 

1,936

 

2,485

 

2,076

Capital leases-short term

 

 

617

Accrued property and equipment

4,347

1,043

2,530

4,347

Other

 

15,470

 

12,471

 

13,536

 

10,325

Total accrued expenses

$

52,612

$

46,988

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

$

77,615

$

52,612

8. Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt

On June 29, 2015, the Company, as guarantor, and its wholly-owned primary operating subsidiary, Boot Barn, Inc., refinanced the $150.0 million credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility”) with the $125.0 million June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the $200.0 million 2015 Golub Term Loan. The borrowing base of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is calculated on a monthly basis and is based on the amount of eligible credit card receivables, commercial accounts, inventory, and available reserves. Borrowings under the credit agreements were initially used to pay costs and expenses related to the Sheplers Acquisition and the closing of such credit agreements, and may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

78

Table of Contents

Borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at the Company’s option, either (i) London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans, or (ii) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Wells Fargo prime rate and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is calculated based on a pricing grid that in each case is linked to quarterly average excess availability. For LIBOR loans, the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.25%, and for base rate loans it ranges from 0.00% to 0.25%. The Company also pays a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum of the actual daily amount of the unutilized revolving loans. The interest on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver (the “2017 Wells Amendment”), increasing the aggregate revolving credit facility to $135.0 million and extending the maturity date to the earlier of May 26, 2022 or 90 days prior to the previous maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which was then scheduled to mature on June 29, 2021. On June 6, 2019, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement (the “2019 Wells Amendment”), further increasing the aggregate revolving credit facility to $165.0 million and extending the maturity date to the earlier of June 6, 2024 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2023. The 2019 Wells Amendment further made changes to the 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver in connection with the transition away from LIBOR as the benchmark rate. The amount outstanding under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 27, 2021 and March 28, 2020 was 0 and March 30, 2019 was $129.9 million, respectively. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 27, 2021 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.5 million, and 0, respectively.the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2021 was 1.6%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $3.1 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020 was 3.3%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.8 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was 3.4%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.9 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 2.5%.

Borrowings under the 2015 Golub Term Loan bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) LIBOR plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, or (b) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the greater of (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate and (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (ii) the sum of one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is

79

Table of Contents

4.5% for LIBOR loans and 3.5% for base rate loans. The principal and interest on the 2015 Golub Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date which was originally June 29, 2021 but is now June 29, 2023. Quarterly principal payments of $500,000 are due for each quarter; however, on June 2, 2017, the Company prepaid $10.0 million on the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which included all of the required quarterly principal payments until the maturity date of the loan. On May 15, 2018, the Company made an additional $10.0 million prepayment on the 2015 Golub Term Loan. On June 6, 2019, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to the 2015 Golub Term Loan (the “2019 Golub Amendment”) which extended the maturity date to June 29, 2023. At the time of the Third Amendment, the companyCompany also prepaid $65.0 million of the term loan facility, reducing the outstanding principal balance to $111.5 million. The 2019 Golub Amendment further made changes to the 2015 Golub Term Loan in connection with the transition away from LIBOR as the benchmark rate. Subsequent to March 27, 2021, on April 26, 2021, the Company made a $41.5 million voluntary prepayment on the term loan facility, reducing the outstanding principal balance to $70.0 million. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 27, 2021 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $6.3 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2021 was 5.7%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $8.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020 was 6.8%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $12.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was 7.0%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 5.9%.

All obligations under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries) which are not named as borrowers under the 2015 Golub Term Loan or the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver, as applicable.

The priority with respect to collateral under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement among the lenders under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.

79

Table of Contents

Each of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contains customary provisions relating to mandatory prepayments, restricted payments, voluntary payments, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default. In addition, the terms of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver require the Company to maintain, on a consolidated basis, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver) of at least 1.00:1.00 during such times as a covenant trigger event shall exist. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2015 Golub Term Loan (the “2017 Golub Amendment”). The 2017 Golub Amendment changed the maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 2015 Golub Term Loan) requirements to 4.00:1.00 as of December 29, 2018 and for all subsequent periods. The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan also require the Company to pay additional interest of 2.0% per annum upon triggering certain specified events of default set forth therein. For financial accounting purposes, the requirement for the Company to pay a higher interest rate upon an event of default is an embedded derivative. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, the fair value of these embedded derivatives was estimated and was not significant.

As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, we were in compliance with the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan covenants.

Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discount

Debt issuance costs totaling $1.2 million were incurred under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver, 2017 Wells Amendment and 2019 Wells Amendment and are included as assets on the consolidated balance sheets in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs were $0.4$0.3 million and $0.3$0.4 million as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 2019,28, 2020, respectively. These amounts are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.

Debt issuance costs and debt discount totaling $7.1 million were incurred under the 2015 Golub Term Loan, 2017 Golub Amendment and 2019 Golub Amendment and are included as a reduction of the non-current note payable on the consolidated balance sheets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount were $2.5$1.7 million and $2.2$2.5 million as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 2019,28, 2020, respectively. These amounts are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2015 Golub Term Loan.

80

Table of Contents

The following sets forth the balance sheet information related to the term loan:

    

March 28,

      

March 30,

 

    

March 27,

      

March 28,

 

(in thousands)

2020

2019

2021

2020

Term Loan

$

111,500

$

176,500

$

111,500

$

111,500

Unamortized value of the debt issuance costs and debt discount

(2,478)

(2,236)

(1,719)

(2,478)

Net carrying value

$

109,022

$

174,264

$

109,781

$

109,022

Total amortization expense of $0.9 million, $0.9 million and $1.2 million related to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan is included as a component of interest expense in the fiscal years ended March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, respectively.2019.

80

Table of Contents

Aggregate contractual maturities

Aggregate contractual maturities for the Company’s long-term debt as of March 28, 202027, 2021 are as follows:

Fiscal Year

(in thousands)

(in thousands)

2021

$

2022

 

$

2023

 

 

2024

 

111,500

 

111,500

2025

 

2026

Total

$

111,500

$

111,500

9. Stock-Based Compensation

Equity Incentive Plans

On January 27, 2012, the Company approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). The 2011 Plan authorized the Company to issue options to employees, consultants and directors exercisable for up to a total of 3,750,000 shares of common stock. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, all awards granted by the Company under the 2011 Plan have been nonqualified stock options. Options granted under the 2011 Plan have a life of 10 years and vest over service periods of five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2011 Plan.

On October 19, 2014, the Company approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which was amended as of August 24, 2016 (as amended, the “2014 Plan”). Following the approval of the 2014 Plan, no further grants have been made under the 2011 Plan. The 2014 Plan authorizes the Company to issue awards to employees, consultants and directors for up to a total of 3,600,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, all awards granted by the Company under the 2014 Plan to date have been nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or performance share units. Options granted under the 2014 Plan have a life of eight to ten years and vest over service periods of four or five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2014 Plan and as determined by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors. Restricted stock awards granted under the 2014 Plan vest over one or four years, as determined by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors. Restricted stock units granted under the 2014 Plan vest over service periods of one, four or five years, as determined by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors. Performance share units are subject to the vesting criteria discussed further below.

On August 26, 2020, the Company approved the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”). Following the approval of the 2020 Plan, no further grants have been made under the 2014 Plan. The 2020 Plan authorizes the Company to issue awards to employees and directors for up to a total of 2,000,000 shares of common stock. As of March 27, 2021 0 awards had been granted under the 2020 Plan.

Stock Options

On May 20, 2019, the Company granted its Chief Executive Officer ("CEO") an option to purchase 227,273 shares of common stock under the 2014 Plan. This option contains both service and market vesting conditions. Vesting of this option is contingent upon the market price of the Company's common stock achieving 3 stated price targets

81

Table of Contents

for 30 consecutive trading days through the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. If the first market price target is met, 33% of the option granted will cliff vest on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, with an additional 33% of the option vesting if the second market price target is met, and the last 34% of the option vesting if the final market price target is met. During fiscal 2020, the first market price target was met, and as such, 33% of the option or 75,000 shares will cliff vest on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the applicable service conditions. During fiscal 2021, the second and third market price targets were met, and as such, the final 67% of the option or 152,273 shares will cliff vest on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the applicable service conditions. The total grant date

81

Table of Contents

fair value of this option was $2.0 million, with a grant date fair value of $8.80 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to this stock option on a straight-line basis over the four-year service period. The exercise price of this award is $28.63 per share. The fair value of the option was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The following significant assumptions were used as of May 20, 2019, the date of grant:

Stock price

    

$

28.63

 

Exercise price

$

28.63

Expected option term

 

7.0

years

Expected volatility

 

35.3

%

Risk-free interest rate

2.3

%

Expected annual dividend yield

0

%

During fiscal 2021, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 287,373 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2021 was $3.1 million, with grant date fair values of $10.40 to $12.71 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the four-year service period of the awards. The exercise price of these awards ranges from $20.94 to $24.08 per share.

During fiscal 2020, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 126,952 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2020 was $1.4 million, with grant date fair values ranging from $7.22 to $11.19 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the four-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $19.23 and $28.63 per share.

During fiscal 2019, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 294,691 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2019 was $2.7 million, with grant date fair values ranging from $8.63 to $11.11 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the four-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $22.85 and $29.73 per share.

During fiscal 2018, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 448,792 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2018 was $1.2 million, with grant date fair values ranging from $2.11 to $6.97 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the five-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $6.15 and $18.66 per share.

Stock option awards with service vesting conditions are measured at fair value on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the exercise price of the award, the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company’s stock price over the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option’s expected term and the Company’s expected annual dividend yield, if any. The Company issues shares of common stock when options are exercised.

82

Table of Contents

The fair values of stock options granted in fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 20182019 were estimated on the grant dates using the following assumptions:

Fiscal Year Ended

Fiscal Year Ended

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

Expected option term(1)

6.3

-

7.0

years  

5.3

years  

5.5

years  

6.3

years  

6.3

-

7.0

years  

5.3

years  

Expected volatility factor(2)

35.3

%

-

38.1

%  

36.1

%

-

37.7

%  

34.0

%

-

35.5

%  

57.0

%

-

58.4

%  

35.3

%

-

38.1

%  

36.1

%

-

37.7

%  

Risk-free interest rate(3)

0.5

%

-

2.3

%  

2.2

%

-

2.8

%  

1.8

%

-

2.7

%  

0.3

%

-

0.4

%  

0.5

%

-

2.3

%  

2.2

%

-

2.8

%  

Expected annual dividend yield

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

0

%

(1)The Company has limited historical information regarding the expected option term. Accordingly, the Company determined the expected life of the options using the simplified method.
(2)Stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company’s stock and its competitors’ common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected option term of the Company’s awards.
(3)The risk-free interest rate is determined using the rate on treasury securities with the same term.

Intrinsic value for stock options is defined as the difference between the market price of the Company’s common stock on the last business day of the fiscal year and the weighted average exercise price of in-the-money stock options outstanding at the end of each fiscal period. The following table summarizes the stock award activity for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020:27, 2021:

    

    

    

Weighted

    

 

    

    

    

Weighted

    

 

Grant Date

Average

 

Grant Date

Average

 

Weighted

Remaining

Aggregate

 

Weighted

Remaining

Aggregate

 

Stock

Average

Contractual

Intrinsic

 

Stock

Average

Contractual

Intrinsic

 

    

Options

    

Exercise Price

    

Life (in Years)

    

Value

 

    

Options

    

Exercise Price

    

Life (in Years)

    

Value

 

(in thousands)

(in thousands)

Outstanding at March 30, 2019

 

1,293,347

$

15.40

Outstanding at March 28, 2020

 

1,221,223

$

19.96

Granted

 

354,225

$

28.36

 

287,373

$

22.50

Exercised

(404,583)

$

12.86

$

9,922

(387,950)

$

19.09

$

12,771

Cancelled, forfeited or expired

 

(21,766)

$

17.76

 

(8,727)

$

17.91

Outstanding at March 28, 2020

 

1,221,223

$

19.96

 

6.1

$

2,465

Vested and expected to vest after March 28, 2020

 

1,221,223

$

19.96

 

6.1

$

2,465

Exercisable at March 28, 2020

 

289,966

$

20.60

 

3.9

$

309

Outstanding at March 27, 2021

 

1,111,919

$

20.94

 

6.7

$

47,102

Vested and expected to vest after March 27, 2021

 

1,111,919

$

20.94

 

6.7

$

47,102

Exercisable at March 27, 2021

 

158,990

$

17.16

 

4.3

$

7,335

A summary of the status of non-vested stock options as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and changes during fiscal 20202021 is presented below:

    

    

Weighted-

 

    

    

Weighted-

 

Average

 

Average

 

Grant Date

 

Grant Date

 

    

Shares

    

Fair Value

 

    

Shares

    

Fair Value

 

Nonvested at March 30, 2019

 

917,850

$

5.48

Nonvested at March 28, 2020

 

931,257

$

6.90

Granted

 

354,225

$

9.52

 

287,373

$

10.92

Vested

 

(322,711)

$

5.82

 

(258,207)

$

6.01

Nonvested shares forfeited

 

(18,107)

$

5.47

 

(7,494)

$

7.39

Nonvested at March 28, 2020

 

931,257

$

6.90

Nonvested at March 27, 2021

 

952,929

$

8.36

Restricted Stock Units

During fiscal 2021, the Company granted 175,527 restricted stock units to various directors and employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted vest in four equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that

83

Table of Contents

the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates (subject to certain exceptions). The shares granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2021 totaled $3.7 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.

During fiscal 2020, the Company granted 95,985 restricted stock units to various directors and employees under the 2014 Plan. The units granted to employees vest in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary

83

Table of Contents

of the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates, subject to accelerated vesting in the event of termination of employment under certain circumstances.dates. The units granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, provided that the respective award recipient continues service with the Company through the vesting date. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2020 totaled $2.7 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.

During fiscal 2019, the Company granted 86,996 restricted stock units to various directors and employees under the 2014 Plan. The units granted to employees vest in fourfive equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The units granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, provided that the respective award recipient continues service with the Company through the vesting date. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2019 totaled $2.2 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.

During fiscal 2018, the Company granted 126,800 restricted stock units to various directors and employees under the 2014 Plan. The units granted to employees vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The units granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, provided that the respective award recipient continues service with the Company through the vesting date. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2018 totaled $1.1 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.

Performance Share Units

During fiscal 2020, the Company granted 38,546 performance share units to various employees under the 2014 Plan with a grant date fair value of $28.63 per share.

The performance share units granted are stock-based awards in which the number of shares ultimately received depends on the Company's performance against its cumulative earnings per share target over a three-year performance period beginning March 31, 2019 and ending March 26, 2022. These performance metrics were established by the Company at the beginning of the performance period. At the end of the performance period, the number of performance shares to be issued is fixed based upon the degree of achievement of the performance goals. If the cumulative three-year performance goals are below the threshold level, the number of performance units to vest will be 0%, if the performance goals are at the threshold level, the number of performance units to vest will be 50% of the target amounts, if the performance goals are at the target level, the number of performance units to vest will be 100% of the target amounts, and if the performance goals are at the maximum level, the number of performance units to vest will be 200% of the target amounts, each subject to continued service by the applicable award recipient through the last day of the performance period (subject to certain exceptions). If performance is between threshold and target goals or between target and maximum goals, the number of performance units to vest will be determined by linear interpolation. The number of shares ultimately issued can range from 0% to 200% of the participant's target award.

The grant date fair value of the performance share units granted during fiscal 20202021 was initially measured using the Company's closing stock price on the date of grant with the resulting stock compensation expense recognized on a straight-line basis over the three-year vesting period. The expense recognized over the vesting period is adjusted up or down on a quarterly basis based on the anticipated performance level during the performance period. If the performance metrics are not probable of achievement during the performance period, stock compensation expense would be reversed. The awards are forfeited if the threshold performance goals are not achieved as of the end of the performance period.

During fiscal 20192021 and fiscal 2018,2019, the Company did 0t grant any performance share units.

84

Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense was $7.2 million, $4.9 million, $2.9 million, and $2.2$2.9 million for fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018,2019, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense of $0.9$1.2 million, $0.4$0.9 million, and $0.4 million was recorded in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018,2019, respectively. All other

84

Table of Contents

stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, there was $4.6$4.5 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options, with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 2.652.25 years. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, there was $3.0$3.7 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock units, with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 2.562.44 years. As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, there was $0.6 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to performance share units, with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 1.971.15 years.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is involved, from time to time, in litigation that is incidental to its business. The Company has reviewed these matters to determine if reserves are required for losses that are probable and reasonable to estimate in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies. The Company evaluates such reserves, if any, based upon several criteria, including the merits of each claim, settlement discussions and advice from outside legal counsel, as well as indemnification of amounts expended by the Company’s insurers or others, if any.

On May 8, 2019, Sheplers, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was named as defendant in a class-action complaint filed in the Superior Court of California, County of Los Angeles. Among other things, the complaint generally alleges deceptive pricing on merchandise sold in Sheplers’ e-commerce site. The estimated cost of the matter has been accrued as of March 28, 2020.27, 2021.

During the normal course of its business, the Company has made certain indemnifications and commitments under which the Company may be required to make payments for certain transactions. These indemnifications include those given to various lessors in connection with facility leases for certain claims arising from such facility leases, and indemnifications to directors and officers of the Company to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. The majority of these indemnifications and commitments do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments the Company could be obligated to make, and their duration may be indefinite. The Company has not recorded any liability for these indemnifications and commitments in the consolidated balance sheets as the impact is expected to be immaterial.

11. Leases

The Company does not own any real estate. Instead, most of its retail store locations are occupied under operating leases. The store leases generally have a base lease term of five or 10 years, with one or more renewal periods of five years, on average, exercisable at the Company’s option. The Company is generally responsible for the payment of property taxes and insurance, utilities and common area maintenance fees. Some leases also require additional payments based on percentage of sales. Lease terms include the non-cancellable portion of the underlying leases along with any reasonably certain lease periods associated with available renewal periods, termination options and purchase options.

Operating and finance lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the fixed lease payments using the Company's incremental borrowing rates for its population of leases. Related operating and finance lease ROU assets are recognized based on the initial present value of the fixed lease payments, reduced by cash payments received from landlords as lease incentives, plus any prepaid rent and other direct costs from executing the leases. Amortization of both operating and finance lease ROU assets is performed on a straight-line basis and recorded as part of rent expense in cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The interest expense amortization component of the finance lease liabilities is recorded within interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations. ROU assets are tested for impairment in the same manner as long-lived assets. During fiscal 2021, the Company recorded ROU asset impairment charges of $0.3 million related to its stores. During both fiscal 2020 and 2019, the Company did 0t record any ROU asset impairment charges related to its stores.

85

Table of Contents

interest expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. ROU assets are tested for impairment in the same manner as long-lived assets.

Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; the Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments are recognized as lease expense as they are incurred.

In April 2020, the FASB issued guidance allowing entities to make a policy election whether to account for lease concessions related to the COVID-19 pandemic as lease modifications. The election applies to any lessor-provided lease concession related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, provided the concession does not result in a substantial increase in the rights of the lessor or in the obligations of the lessee. In fiscal 2021, the Company received non-substantial concessions from certain landlords in the form of rent deferrals and abatements related to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company elected to not account for these rent concessions as lease modifications. As such, approximately $4.4 million of short-term rent deferrals agreed upon with the Company’s landlords has been included in the accounts payable financial statement line item as of March 27, 2021. The recognition of rent concessions did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of March 27, 2021.

ROU assets and lease liabilities as of March 28, 202027, 2021 consist of the following:

Balance Sheet Classification

March 28, 2020
(in thousands)

Balance Sheet Classification

March 27, 2021
(in thousands)

Assets

Finance lease assets

Right-of-use assets, net

$

10,444

Right-of-use assets, net

$

8,036

Operating lease assets

Right-of-use assets, net

 

159,799

Right-of-use assets, net

 

178,791

Total lease assets

$

170,243

$

186,827

Liabilities

 

 

Current

Finance

Short-term lease liabilities

$

1,019

Short-term lease liabilities

$

1,164

Operating

Short-term lease liabilities

33,760

Short-term lease liabilities

38,236

Total short-term lease liabilities

$

34,779

$

39,400

Non-Current

Finance

Long-term lease liabilities

$

12,954

Long-term lease liabilities

$

13,507

Operating

Long-term lease liabilities

147,981

Long-term lease liabilities

168,329

Total long-term lease liabilities

$

160,935

$

181,836

Total lease liabilities

$

195,714

$

221,236

Total lease costs for the fiscal year ended March 28, 202027, 2021 were:

Fiscal Year Ended

Fiscal Year Ended

(in thousands)

  

Statement of Operations Classification

  

March 28, 2020

  

Statement of Operations Classification

  

March 27, 2021

Finance lease cost

Amortization of right-of-use assets

Cost of goods sold

$

800

Cost of goods sold

$

848

Interest on lease liabilities

Interest expense, net

790

Interest expense

795

Total finance lease cost

$

1,590

$

1,643

Operating lease cost

Cost of goods sold

$

40,100

Cost of goods sold

$

43,820

Operating lease cost

Selling, general and administrative expenses

1,530

Selling, general and administrative expenses

1,102

Short-term lease cost

Selling, general and administrative expenses

2,653

Selling, general and administrative expenses

2,085

Variable lease cost

Selling, general and administrative expenses

1,607

Selling, general and administrative expenses

2,192

Sublease income

Cost of goods sold

(177)

Cost of goods sold

(572)

Total lease cost

$

47,303

$

50,270

86

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes future lease payments as of March 28, 2020:27, 2021:

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

Fiscal Year

(in thousands)

(in thousands)

2021

$

44,354

$

1,345

2022

 

38,779

 

1,353

2023

 

33,595

 

1,294

2024

27,518

1,264

2025

22,103

1,220

Thereafter

 

56,787

 

14,046

Total

223,136

20,522

Less: Imputed interest

(41,395)

(6,549)

Present value of net lease payments

$

181,741

$

13,973

Prior to the Company’s adoption of ASC 842, its future minimum operating lease commitments as of March 30, 2019 under ASC 840 were (in thousands):

    

 

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

Fiscal Year

    

Total

 

(in thousands)

(in thousands)

2020

$

37,877

2021

 

36,352

2022

 

31,732

$

48,559

$

1,550

2023

 

26,649

 

43,682

 

1,484

2024

 

20,536

 

37,871

 

1,447

2025

32,404

1,396

2026

26,456

1,410

Thereafter

 

44,061

 

58,649

 

13,988

Total

$

197,207

247,621

21,275

Less: Imputed interest

(41,056)

(6,604)

Present value of net lease payments

$

206,565

$

14,671

The following table includes supplemental lease information:

Fiscal Year Ended

Fiscal Year Ended

Supplemental Cash Flow Information (dollars in thousands)

March 28, 2020

March 27, 2021

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases

$

41,227

$

45,078

Operating cash flows from finance leases

 

552

 

2

Financing cash flows from finance leases

466

1,781

$

42,245

$

46,861

Lease liabilities arising from new right-of-use assets

Operating leases

$

42,420

$

64,669

Finance leases

$

$

2,733

Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)

Operating leases

6.4

6.3

Finance leases

22.1

14.1

Weighted average discount rate

Operating leases

6.2

%

5.6

%

Finance leases

12.0

%

12.1

%

87

Table of Contents

Other liabilities are as follows:

    

March 28,

    

March 30,

 

(in thousands)

    

2020

    

2019

 

Above-market leases

$

$

256

Long-term deferred rent

 

 

17,312

Capital lease residual value

3,968

Other

635

220

Total other liabilities

$

635

$

21,756

12. Defined Contribution Plan

The Boot Barn 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) is a qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan provides a matching contribution for all employees that work a minimum of 1,000 hours per year. Contributions to the plan are based on certain criteria as defined in the agreement, governing the 401(k) Plan. Participating employees are allowed to contribute up to the statutory maximum set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company provides a safe harbor matching contribution that matches 100% of employee contributions up to 3% of their respective wages and then 50% of further contributions up to 5% of their respective wages. Contributions to the plan and charges to selling, general and administrative expenses were $1.3 million, $0.9$1.3 million, and $0.7$0.9 million for fiscal 2021, 2020, and 2019, and 2018, respectively.

13. Income Taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following:

    

Fiscal Year Ended

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

(in thousands)

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

Current:

Federal

$

7,619

$

2,728

$

(104)

State

 

2,150

 

2,057

 

544

Foreign

Total current

 

9,769

 

4,785

 

440

Deferred:

Federal

 

3,149

 

4,056

 

622

State

 

(554)

 

133

 

1,237

Foreign

1

Total deferred

 

2,595

 

4,189

 

1,860

Total income tax expense

$

12,364

$

8,974

$

2,300

8887

Table of Contents

13. Income Taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following:

    

Fiscal Year Ended

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

(in thousands)

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Current:

Federal

$

12,761

$

7,619

$

2,728

State

 

2,912

 

2,150

 

2,057

Foreign

Total current

 

15,673

 

9,769

 

4,785

Deferred:

Federal

 

1,614

 

3,149

 

4,056

State

 

577

 

(554)

 

133

Foreign

Total deferred

 

2,191

 

2,595

 

4,189

Total income tax expense

$

17,864

$

12,364

$

8,974

The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows:

    

Fiscal Year Ended

    

Fiscal Year Ended

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Expected provision at statutory U.S. federal tax rate

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

30.8

%  

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

3.6

3.9

3.3

 

4.1

3.6

3.9

Change in state rate

 

(0.2)

 

Federal rate change

(22.4)

Permanent items

0.2

0.3

0.3

0.1

0.2

0.3

Excess tax benefit of stock-based compensation

(3.5)

(7.6)

(5.7)

(3.5)

(3.5)

(7.6)

IRC Section 162(M)

0.9

0.6

0.8

1.9

0.9

0.6

Valuation allowance

(0.7)

(0.1)

0.1

(0.7)

(0.1)

Other

 

(1.0)

0.6

0.4

 

(0.4)

(1.0)

0.6

Effective tax rate

 

20.5

%  

18.7

%  

7.4

%  

 

23.2

%  

20.5

%  

18.7

%  

Differences between the effective tax rate and the statutory rate relate primarily to excess tax benefits due to income tax accounting for share-based compensation, IRC Section 162(M) and state taxes.

88

Table of Contents

Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effects of the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 201928, 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

    

March 28

    

March 30,

 

    

March 27

    

March 28,

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Deferred tax assets:

State taxes

$

266

$

129

$

327

$

266

Accrued liabilities

 

2,053

 

2,500

 

2,393

 

2,053

Award program liabilities

 

220

 

322

 

265

 

220

Deferred revenue

 

1,959

 

1,457

 

1,548

 

1,959

Inventory

 

3,783

 

3,163

 

4,319

 

3,783

Stock options

 

1,249

 

1,261

 

1,711

 

1,249

Net operating loss carryforward

826

1,280

748

826

Long-term lease liabilities

42,554

45,499

42,554

Other, net

 

1,267

 

1,181

 

1,516

 

1,267

Total deferred tax assets

 

54,177

 

11,293

 

58,326

 

54,177

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization

 

(31,346)

 

(27,459)

 

(34,752)

 

(31,346)

Prepaid expenses

 

(313)

 

(398)

 

(401)

 

(313)

Right-of-use assets

(42,319)

(45,166)

(42,319)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(73,978)

 

(27,857)

 

(80,319)

 

(73,978)

Valuation allowance

(638)

Net deferred tax liabilities

$

(19,801)

$

(17,202)

$

(21,993)

$

(19,801)

As of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of 0 and $17.1$16.1 million, respectively. Net operating losses generated in years beginning prior to January 1, 2018 will begin to expire at various datesbeginning in 2023.

Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. To this end, the Company has considered and evaluated its sources of taxable income, including forecasted future taxable income, and the Company has concluded that a valuation allowance is not necessary at March 28, 2020.27, 2021.

89

Table of Contents

The Company applies ASC 740, which contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments. At March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 2019,28, 2020, no material amounts were recorded for any uncertain tax positions.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. To the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made. The Company does 0t have any accrued interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax benefits as of March 28, 202027, 2021 and March 30, 2019.28, 2020.

The Company does not anticipate a significant change in its uncertain tax benefits over the next 12 months.

The major jurisdictions in which the Company files income tax returns include the U.S. federal jurisdiction, as well as various state jurisdictions within the U.S. The Company’s fiscal years 20152016 through 20192020 returns are subject to examination by the U.S. federal and various state tax authorities.

89

Table of Contents

On March 27, 2020, the United States enacted the CARES Act which provides certain income tax benefits including the ability to carryback federal NOLs generated in 2018 through 2020 for an extended five-year period. It also increased the limitation for the deduction of interest expense from 30 percent to 50 percent of modified taxable income. The CARES Act also provides other economic benefits such as allowing employers to defer payment of the employer’s portion of payroll taxes for 2020 and a refundable employee retention credit of up to $5,000 per eligible employee wages. The CARES act did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

On December 27, 2020, the United States enacted the Consolidated Appropriations Act which extended many of the benefits of the CARES Act that were scheduled to expire. The Company is evaluating the impact of the Consolidated Appropriations Act on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

14. Related Party Transactions

The Company had capital expenditures with Floor & Decor Holdings, Inc., a specialty retail vendor in the flooring market. These capital expenditures amounted to $0.4 million, $0.8 million, $0.5 million, and $0.3$0.5 million in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018, respectively, and were recorded as property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets. Certain members of the Company’s board of directors either currently serve on the board of directors or as an executive officer at Floor & Decor Holdings, Inc.

John Grijalva, the husband of Ms. Grijalva, Chief Merchandising Officer, works as an independent sales representative primarily for Dan Post Boot Company, Outback Trading Company, LTD and KS Marketing LLC. Mr. Grijalva conducts his business as an independent sales representative through a limited liability company of which he and Ms. Grijalva are members. We purchased merchandise from these suppliers in the aggregate approximate amounts of $13.8 million, $17.8 million, $15.4 million, and $17.0$15.4 million in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020, and fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018, respectively. Mr. Grijalva was paid commissions by the Company of approximately $1.2$1.0 million, $1.1$1.2 million, and $1.1 million in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018, respectively, a portion of which were passed on to other sales representatives working for Mr. Grijalva.

15. Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share is computed under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share. Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method, whereby proceeds from such exercise and unamortized compensation, if any, on share-based awards are assumed to be used by the Company to purchase the shares of common stock at the average market price during the period. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock is applicable only in periods of net income. Performance share units and market-based stock option awards are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share until their respective performance or market criteria has been achieved.

90

Table of Contents

The components of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock, in aggregate, for fiscal 2021, 2020, 2019, and 20182019 are as follows:

    

Fiscal Year Ended

    

Fiscal Year Ended

March 28,

March 30,

March 31,

March 27,

March 28,

March 30,

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Net income

$

47,949

$

39,022

$

28,879

$

59,386

$

47,949

$

39,022

Weighted average basic shares outstanding

 

28,583

 

28,092

 

26,744

 

28,930

 

28,583

 

28,092

Dilutive effect of options and restricted stock

 

637

 

721

 

784

 

547

 

637

 

721

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding

 

29,220

 

28,813

 

27,528

 

29,477

 

29,220

 

28,813

Basic earnings per share

$

1.68

$

1.39

$

1.08

$

2.05

$

1.68

$

1.39

Diluted earnings per share

$

1.64

$

1.35

$

1.05

$

2.01

$

1.64

$

1.35

Options to purchase approximately 322,078, 360,079, 483,050, and 476,870483,050 shares of common stock during the fiscal years ended March 27, 2021, March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common shares outstanding as the effect of doing so would have been anti-dilutive.

16. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The tables below set forth selected quarterly financial data for each of the last two fiscal years.

Fiscal 2020

Fiscal 2019

Fiscal 2021

Fiscal 2020

Fourth

Third

Second

First

Fourth

Third

Second

First

Fourth

Third

Second

First

Fourth

Third

Second

First

(in thousands, except per share data)

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

 

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

    

quarter

 

Net sales

$

188,628

$

283,997

$

187,183

$

185,767

$

192,755

$

254,006

$

168,109

$

161,984

$

258,872

$

302,338

$

184,515

$

147,766

$

188,628

$

283,997

$

187,183

$

185,767

Gross profit

57,961

97,036

59,338

62,156

63,406

85,663

50,918

51,447

92,379

106,809

55,490

40,201

57,961

97,036

59,338

62,156

Income from operations

9,696

34,977

12,934

16,061

16,499

29,297

8,697

9,829

32,860

41,626

10,042

1,798

9,696

34,977

12,934

16,061

Net income

5,729

24,819

7,680

9,721

8,697

19,030

4,534

6,761

Net income/(loss)

24,552

29,566

5,758

(490)

5,729

24,819

7,680

9,721

Earnings per share:

Earnings/(loss) per share:

Basic shares

$

0.20

$

0.87

$

0.27

$

0.34

$

0.31

$

0.67

$

0.16

$

0.24

$

0.84

$

1.02

$

0.20

$

(0.02)

$

0.20

$

0.87

$

0.27

$

0.34

Diluted shares

$

0.20

$

0.85

$

0.26

$

0.33

$

0.30

$

0.66

$

0.16

$

0.24

$

0.82

$

1.00

$

0.20

$

(0.02)

$

0.20

$

0.85

$

0.26

$

0.33

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic shares

28,786

28,665

28,502

28,380

28,327

28,320

28,119

27,604

29,122

28,912

28,860

28,826

28,786

28,665

28,502

28,380

Diluted shares

29,310

29,367

29,161

29,025

28,922

28,886

28,875

28,542

30,033

29,581

29,223

28,826

29,310

29,367

29,161

29,025

91

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer) and our Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures under the Exchange Act as of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2020.27, 2021. In making this assessment, our management used the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) as issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 28, 2020.27, 2021.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 202027, 2021 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears immediately below.

92

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of(theof Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2020,27, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 28, 2020,27, 2021, of the Company and our report dated May 22, 2020,13, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s change in method of accounting for leases per Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (ASC 842).

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 28, 2020, of the Company and our report dated May 22, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and

93

Table of Contents

included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s change in method of accounting for leases per Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (ASC 842).

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 28, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 28, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 28, 2020, of the Company and our report dated May 22, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s change in method of accounting for leases per Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (ASC 842).

94

Table of Contents

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California

May 22, 2020

13, 2021

9593

Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarterly period ended March 28, 202027, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

9694

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item will be contained in our 20202021 Proxy Statement, which is expected to be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 28, 2020,27, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.

In addition, our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Ethics that applies to all of our directors, employees and officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer. The current version of the Code of Business Ethics is available on our website under the Investor Relations section at www.bootbarn.com. In accordance with the rules adopted by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, we intend to promptly disclose any amendments to certain provisions of the Code of Business Ethics, or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on our website under the Investor Relations section at www.bootbarn.com. The information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item will be set forth in the 20202021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item will be set forth in the 20202021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item will be set forth in the 20202021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item will be set forth in the 20202021 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or because the information required in those schedules either is not material or is included in the consolidated financial statements or the accompanying notes.

Exhibits

The exhibits listed below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

9795

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

Description

2.1(1)

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Boot Barn, Inc., Rodeo Acquisition Corp., Sheplers Holding Corporation and Gryphon Partners III, L.P. as Guarantor and the Sellers’ Representative, dated as of May 29, 2015

3.1(2)

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

3.2(3)

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

3.2.1(4)

Amendment, effective March 23, 2015, to Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

4.1(3)

Specimen Common Stock Certificate

4.2(3)

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders listed therein

4.3(14)

Description of Capital Stock

10.1†(5)

Amended and Restated Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

10.2†(3)

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

10.3†(6)

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement under the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

10.4†(3)

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Brenda Morris

10.5†(3)

Form of Stock Option Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and James G. Conroy

10.6†(3)

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan

10.7†(3)

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan

10.8†(17)

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan

10.9†(17)

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Cash Incentive Plan for Executives

10.10†(7)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 7, 2015, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and James G. Conroy

10.9†10.11†(8)

Continued Employment Agreement, effective as of January 26, 2015, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Paul Iacono

10.10†10.12†(2)

Employment Agreement, effective as of May 11, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Laurie Grijalva

10.11†10.13†(2)

Letter Agreement, dated July 2, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Laurie Grijalva

10.12†10.14†(8)

Employment Agreement, effective as of January 26, 2015, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Gregory V. Hackman

10.13†10.15†(8)

Form of Stock Option Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Gregory V. Hackman

10.14†10.16†(9)

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan for Executives

10.15(3)10.17(3)

NSB Software as a Service Master Agreement, dated February 26, 2008, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and NSB Retail Solutions Inc.

10.16+10.18+(3)

Carrier Agreement P720025535 01, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto

10.17+10.19+(3)

Carrier Agreement P780025560 02, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto

10.18(3)10.20 (3)

Form of Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement

10.19+10.21+(10)

Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and the other Lenders named therein.

10.18.1+10.21.1+(12)

First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Collateral Agreement dated as of May 26, 2017, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Golub Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and the other Lenders named therein.

10.18.2(13)10.21.2(13)

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of February 19, 2019, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Golub Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and the other Lenders named therein.

9896

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

Description

10.18.3(15)10.21.3(15)

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 6, 2019, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.,

Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Golub Capital Markets LLC, as

Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and the other

Lenders named therein.

10.19(10)10.22(10)

Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn, Inc. as Borrower, Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and certain Subsidiaries of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. as Guarantors, in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.

10.20+10.23+(10)

Collateral Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc. and certain of its Subsidiaries as Grantors, in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.

10.21(10)10.24(10)

Trademark Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015 by Sheplers, Inc., in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.

10.22(10)10.25(10)

Trademark Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015 by Boot Barn, Inc., in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.

10.23(10)10.26(10)

Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein.

10.23.1(11)10.26.1(11)

Amendment No. 1, dated as of January 25, 2017, to Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein.

10.23.2+10.26.2+(12)

Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 26, 2017, to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 26, 2017, to Collateral Agreement, in each case dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein.

10.23.3(15)10.26.3(15)

Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 6, 2019, to Credit Agreement by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein.

10.24(10)10.27(10)

Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015 by and among Boot Barn, Inc. and Sheplers, Inc. as Borrowers, Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Sheplers Holdings Corporation and certain of their Subsidiaries as Guarantors, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.

10.25(10)10.28(10)

Collateral Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc. and certain of their Subsidiaries as Grantors, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.

10.26(10)10.29(10)

Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by Sheplers, Inc., in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.

10.27(10)10.30(10)

Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by Boot Barn, Inc., in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.

10.28(14)10.31(14)

Employment Agreement, effective on or around April 2, 2018, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and John Hazen.

10.29(14)10.32(14)

Employment Agreement, effective on May 5, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Michael A. Love.

10.29.1(14)10.32.1(14)

Supplemental Employment Letter Agreement, effective on April 1, 2017, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Michael A. Love.

10.29.2(14)10.32.2(14)

Supplemental Employment Letter Agreement, effective on or around June 12, 2018, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Michael A. Love.

9997

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

Description

10.30(16)10.33(16)

Notice and Consent to Temporary Salary Adjustment, dated as of April 7, 2020, between Boot Barn

Holdings, Inc. and James G. Conroy.

10.31(16)10.34(16)

Notice and Consent to Temporary Salary Adjustment, dated as of April 7, 2020, between Boot Barn

Holdings, Inc. and Laurie Grijalva.

10.32(16)10.35(16)

Form of Notice and Consent to Temporary Salary Adjustment, dated as of April 7, 2020, between Boot

Barn Holdings, Inc. and each of Gregory V. Hackman, John Hazen and Michael A. Love.

21.1

List of subsidiaries

23.1

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101

Pursuant to Rules 405 and 406 of Regulation S-T, the following information from the Company’s Annual

Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 28, 202027, 2021 is formatted in iXBRL (Inline eXtensible

Business Reporting Language): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Condensed

Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’

Equity; (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to the Condensed

Consolidated Financial Statements.

104

The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 28,27,

2020,2021, formatted in iXBRL in Exhibit 101.

Indicates management contract or compensation plan.

+

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

(1)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2015.
(2)Incorporated by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on December 9, 2014.
(3)Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-199008.
(4)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2015.
(5)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2016.
(6)Incorporated by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2015.
(7)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 8, 2015.
(8)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 9, 2015.
(9)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2017.
(10)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015.
(11)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2017.

10098

Table of Contents

(12)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2017.
(13)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2019.
(14)Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May 24, 2019.
(15)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2019.
(16)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2020.
(17)Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 1, 2020.

10199

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.

Date: May 22, 202013, 2021

By:

/s/ James G. Conroy

Name:

James G. Conroy

Title:

President, CEO and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ James G. Conroy

President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

May 22, 202013, 2021

James G. Conroy

/s/ Gregory V. Hackman

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

May 22, 202013, 2021

Gregory V. Hackman

/s/ Greg Bettinelli

Director

May 22, 202013, 2021

Greg Bettinelli

/s/ Chris Bruzzo

Director

May 13, 2021

Chris Bruzzo

/s/ Gene Eddie Burt

Director

May 13, 2021

Gene Eddie Burt

/s/ Lisa G. Laube

Director

May 22, 202013, 2021

Lisa G. Laube

���

/s/ Brenda I. Morris

Director

May 22, 202013, 2021

Brenda I. Morris

/s/ Anne MacDonald

Director

May 22, 202013, 2021

Anne MacDonald

/s/ Peter Starrett

Director

May 22, 202013, 2021

Peter Starrett

/s/ Bradley M. Weston

Director

May 22, 202013, 2021

Bradley M. Weston

102100